UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION
REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from
to .
|
Commission file number: 1-32381
HERBALIFE LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Cayman Islands
|
|
98-0377871
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
P.O. Box 309GT
Ugland House, South Church Street
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
(Address of Principal Executive
Offices) (Zip Code)
(310) 410-9600*
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered
|
|
Common Shares, par value
$0.002 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§229,405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer þ Accelerated
filer o Non-accelerated
filer o
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as
defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
There were 69,949,152 common shares outstanding as of
February 22, 2006. The aggregate market value of the
Registrants common shares held by non-affiliates was
approximately $571 million as of June 30, 2005, based
upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock
Exchange on that date of $21.61.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrants Definitive Proxy Statement to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later
than 120 days after the end of the Registrants fiscal
year ended December 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form.
|
|
|
* |
|
C/O Principal Financial and Accounting Officer of Herbalife
International, Inc. |
FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of
historical fact are forward-looking statements for
purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any
projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any
statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management
for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new
services or developments; any statements regarding future
economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief;
and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words
may, will, estimate,
intend, continue, believe,
expect or anticipate and other similar
words.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of
our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results
could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any
of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial
condition and results of operations, as well as any
forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to
inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in
this document. Important factors that could cause our actual
results, performance and achievements, or industry results to
differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our
forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions
of, our distributors;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity associated with our products or network
marketing organization;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of
recently enacted legislation in China governing direct selling;
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the Chinese economy, Chinese legal system or
Chinese governmental policies;
|
|
|
|
risk of improper action by Chinese employees or international
distributors in violation of Chinese law;
|
|
|
|
changing consumer preferences and demands;
|
|
|
|
the competitive nature of our business;
|
|
|
|
regulatory matters governing our products, including potential
governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or
efficacy of our products, and network marketing program;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with operating internationally, including
foreign exchange risks;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets;
|
|
|
|
contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and
outside manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property
rights;
|
|
|
|
product concentration;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our management team;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing
and similar tax regulations;
|
|
|
|
taxation relating to our distributors; and
|
|
|
|
product liability claims.
|
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including under the heading Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and in our Financial
Statements and the related notes.
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
speak only as of the date hereof, and forward looking statements
in documents attached are incorporated by reference speak only
as of the date of those documents. The Company does not
undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to
any forward-
2
looking statement or to report any events or circumstances after
the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events, except as required by law.
The
Company
Unless otherwise noted, the terms we,
our, us, Company,
Herbalife and Successor refer to
Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including WH Capital
Corporation (WH Capital Corp.) and Herbalife
International, Inc. (Herbalife International) and
its subsidiaries for periods subsequent to Herbalife
Internationals acquisition on July 31, 2002 by an
investment group led by Whitney & Co., LLC and Golden
Gate Private Equity, Inc. (the Acquisition), and the
terms we, our, us,
Company and Predecessor refer to
Herbalife International before the Acquisition for periods
through July 31, 2002. Herbalife is a holding company, with
substantially all of its assets consisting of the capital stock
of its indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, Herbalife
International.
3
PART I
GENERAL
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
We pursue our mission of changing peoples
lives by providing a financially rewarding business
opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
and customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of the
largest network marketing companies in the world with net sales
of approximately $1.6 billion for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005. We sell our products in 60 countries
through a network of over one million independent distributors.
In China, in order to comply with recently enacted legislation,
we sell our products through retail stores and an employed sales
force. We believe the quality of our products and the
effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
success throughout our
26-year
company history.
We offer products in three primary categories: weight
management, inner nutrition and Outer
Nutrition®.
Our weight management product portfolio includes meal
replacements, weight-loss accelerators, appetite suppression
products and a variety of healthy snacks. In 2003, we introduced
Niteworkstm,
which supports energy and vascular and circulatory health. In
March 2004, we launched the
ShapeWorkstm
weight management program, an enhancement to our best-selling
Formula 1 weight management product, which personalizes protein
intake and includes a customized meal plan. Our collection of
inner nutrition products consists of dietary and nutritional
supplements, each containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals
and natural ingredients in support of total well-being and
long-term good health. In 2005, we entered into the high growth
energy drink category in the U.S. and Canada with the
introduction of Liftoff
tm an
innovative, effervescent energy product. Our Outer
Nutrition®
products include skin cleansers, moisturizers, lotions, shampoos
and conditioners, each based on botanical formulas to
revitalize, soothe and smooth body, skin and hair. In 2005, we
upgraded and expanded our personal care line with the
introduction of
NouriFusiontm.
This product line utilizes vitamin A, C and E to provide
benefits to the skin. Weight management, inner nutrition and
outer nutrition accounted for 43.4%, 41.4% and 10.4% of our net
sales in fiscal year 2005, respectively.
We have significantly increased our emphasis on scientific
research in the fields of weight management and nutrition over
the past three years. We believe that our focus on nutrition
science will continue to result in meaningful product
enhancements that differentiate our products in the marketplace.
Our research and development organization combines the
experience of product development scientists within our Company
with an external team including world-renowned scientists.
Additionally, we contributed to the establishment of the Mark
Hughes Cellular and Molecular Nutrition Lab at UCLA (the
UCLA Lab), which is an independent lab devoted to
the advancement of nutrition science. We introduced
Niteworkstm,
a cardiovascular product developed in conjunction with Louis
Ignarro, Ph.D., a Nobel Laureate in Medicine in 2003 and,
in March 2004, we introduced
ShapeWorkstm,
a comprehensive weight management program based on the clinical
experience and the 15 years of meal replacement research of
David Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and
Public Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the
UCLA Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center
for Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals.
We have a 17-member Scientific Advisory Board, comprised of
world-renowned scientists, and a Medical Advisory Board
consisting of leading scientists and medical doctors. We consult
with these professionals on the advancements in the field of
nutrition science. Additionally, our Medical Advisory Board
provides training on product usage and gives health-news updates
through Herbalife literature, the internet and live training
events around the world. The boards, both chaired by
Dr. David Heber, support our internal product development
team by providing expertise on obesity and human nutrition,
conducting product research and advising on product concepts.
We believe that the direct-selling channel is ideally suited to
marketing our products, because sales of weight management,
nutrition and personal care products are strengthened by ongoing
personal contact between retail consumers and distributors. This
personal contact may enhance consumers nutritional and
health education and motivate consumers to begin and maintain
wellness and weight management programs. In addition, by using
our
4
products themselves, distributors can provide first-hand
testimonials of product effectiveness, which often serve as a
powerful sales tool.
We are focused on building and maintaining our distributor
network by offering financially rewarding and flexible career
opportunities through sales of quality, innovative products to
health conscious consumers. We believe the income opportunity
provided by our network marketing program appeals to a broad
cross-section of people throughout the world, particularly those
seeking to supplement family income, start a home business or
pursue entrepreneurial, full and part-time, employment
opportunities. Our distributors, who are all independent
contractors, can profit from selling our products and can also
earn royalties and bonuses on sales made by the distributors
whom they recruit to join their sales organizations.
We enable distributors to maximize their potential by providing
a broad array of motivational, educational and support services.
We motivate our distributors through our performance-based
compensation plan, individual recognition, reward programs and
promotions, and participation in local, national and
international Company-sponsored sales events and Extravaganzas.
We are committed to providing professionally designed
educational training materials that our distributors can use to
enhance recruitment and maximize their sales. We and our
distributor leadership conduct thousands of training sessions
annually throughout the world to educate and motivate our
distributors. These training events teach our distributors not
only how to develop invaluable business-building and leadership
skills, but also how to differentiate our products with their
consumers. Our corporate-sponsored training events provide a
forum for distributors, who otherwise operate independently, to
share ideas with us and each other. In addition, our
internet-based Herbalife Broadcasting Network delivers
worldwide, educational, motivational and inspirational content,
including addresses from our CEO. Our efficient and effective
distribution, logistics and customer care support system assists
our distributors by providing same day, or next-day sales
capabilities and support services. We further aid our
distributors by generating additional demand for our products
through traditional marketing and public relations methods, such
as through television ads, sporting event sponsorships and
endorsements.
We were founded in 1980 by Mark Hughes. In 2002, we were
acquired by an investment group led by Whitney & Co.
LLC (Whitney) and Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.
(Golden Gate Capital) (together, the Equity
Sponsors). To consummate this acquisition, Whitney and
Golden Gate Capital and their affiliates formed a new holding
company called WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., a Cayman
Islands exempted limited liability company (which has since been
renamed Herbalife Ltd.), and several new direct and indirect
wholly owned subsidiaries of that holding company, including an
acquisition vehicle called WH Acquisition Corp., a Nevada
corporation, in order to acquire us. On July 31, 2002, WH
Acquisition Corp. acquired us pursuant to an Agreement and Plan
of Merger we entered into on April 10, 2002. As a result of
the acquisition, we became a privately held company and were
delisted from the NASDAQ National Market at that time.
In December 2004, we and certain shareholders sold a total of
16.7 million of our common shares in our initial public
offering, and our common shares have since been listed on the
New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol
HLF.
In December 2005, Herbalife completed a secondary public
offering of 13 million common shares held by certain
existing shareholders. The selling shareholders received all net
proceeds from the sale of common shares sold in this offering.
Accordingly, Herbalife did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of such common shares.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our success stems from our ability to motivate
our distributor network with a range of quality, innovative and
efficacious products that appeal to consumer preferences for
healthy living. We have been able to achieve sustained and
profitable growth by capitalizing on the following competitive
strengths:
Distributor Base. We have over one million
distributors, including over 334,000 supervisors as of
December 2005. Our compensation system encourages distributors
to remain active in the business and to build down-line sales
organizations of their own, which can serve to increase their
income and increase our product sales. Supervisors contribute
significantly to our sales and some key supervisors who have
attained the highest levels within our distributor network,
specifically our Presidents Team and Chairmans Club,
are
5
responsible for their organizations generation of a
substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
substantial number of our distributors.
Product Portfolio. We are committed to
building distributor, customer and brand loyalty by providing a
diverse portfolio of health-oriented and wellness products. As
of December 31, 2005, we had 146 products encompassing over
3,000 SKUs across our three primary product categories. The
breadth of our product offerings enables our distributors to
sell a comprehensive package of products designed to simplify
weight management and nutrition. We continually review and if
necessary improve upon our product formulations, many of which
have been in existence for years, based upon developments in
nutrition science. We believe that the longevity and variety in
our product portfolio significantly enhances our
distributors abilities to build their businesses.
Nutrition Science-Based Product
Development. We have significantly increased our
emphasis and investment in science-based product development in
the fields of weight management, nutrition, and personal care
during the past three years. We have an internal team of
scientists dedicated to continually evaluating opportunities to
enhance our existing products and to develop new science-based
products. These new product development efforts are reviewed by
prominent doctors and scientists who constitute our Scientific
Advisory Board and Medical Advisory Board. In addition, in the
past three years we provided donations to assist in the
establishment of the UCLA Lab. We believe that the UCLA Lab
provides opportunities for Herbalife to access cutting-edge
science in herbal research and nutrition.
Scalable Business Model. Our business model
enables us to grow our business with moderate investment in our
infrastructure and other fixed costs. With the exception of our
China business, we require no company-employed sales force to
market and sell our products, we incur no direct incremental
cost to add a new distributor in our existing markets, and our
distributor compensation varies directly with sales. In
addition, our distributors bear the majority of our consumer
marketing expenses, and supervisors sponsor and coordinate a
large share of distributor recruiting and training initiatives.
Furthermore, we can readily increase production and distribution
of our products as a result of our multiple third party
manufacturing relationships and our global footprint of in-house
distribution centers.
Geographic Diversification. We have a proven
ability to establish our network marketing organization in new
markets. Since our founding 26 years ago, we have expanded
into 60 countries, including 18 countries in the last seven
years. While sales within our local markets may fluctuate due to
economic, market and regulatory conditions, competitive
pressures, political or social instability or for company
specific reasons, we believe that our geographic diversity
mitigates our financial exposure to any particular market.
Experienced Management Team. The management
team is led by Michael O. Johnson who became our Chief Executive
Officer after spending 17 years with The Walt Disney
Company, where he most recently served as President of Walt
Disney International. Since joining our Company,
Mr. Johnson has assembled a team of experienced executives,
including Gregory Probert, President and Chief Operating Officer
and formerly Chief Executive Officer of DMX Music and Chief
Operating Officer of The Walt Disney Companys Buena Vista
Home Entertainment division; Richard Goudis, Chief Financial
Officer and formerly Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown;
and Brett R. Chapman, General Counsel and formerly Senior Vice
President and Deputy General Counsel of The Walt Disney Company.
In addition, Steve Henig, Ph.D., formerly Senior Vice
President of Ocean Spray Cranberries, Inc., joined the Company
in 2005 as Chief Scientific Officer with responsibility for our
product research and development.
Our
Business Strategy
We believe that our network marketing model is the most
effective way to sell our products. Our objective is to increase
the recruitment, retention, retailing and productivity of our
distributor base by pursuing the following strategic initiatives:
Distributor Strategy. We continue to increase
our investment in events and promotions as a catalyst to help
our distributors improve the effectiveness and productivity of
their businesses. We will attempt to globalize best-practice
business methods, such as Nutrition Clubs and the Total Plan, to
enable our distributors
6
to improve their penetration in existing markets. We have also
created marketing programs, such as Generation H for our under
30 year old distributors, to help us better target
important subsegments of the distributor and consumer
population. Additionally, in 2005 we introduced BizWorks, our
Companys new business system which will assist our
distributors in building their businesses more efficiently while
better servicing their existing customers. And finally, to
increase brand awareness among potential customers and
distributors, we have entered into marketing alliances, created
Team Herbalife and began allowing our distributors
to utilize the Herbalife brand logo in their marketing efforts.
Direct-to-Consumer
Strategy. We believe this strategy complements
our distributors existing business opportunities and it
should build a longer-term, more sustainable customer base. We
believe that providing direct sales of our science-based
products to end customers via the Internet, while maintaining
the financial and business relationship between the customer and
distributor, should allow distributors to increase retailing,
improve recruiting and retain customers while leveraging our
order taking, distribution, shipping, and collections resources.
In consultation with distributor leadership, we introduced
Liftoff.com in December 2005, to allow for a direct sale to end
consumers via the internet of
Liftofftm,
our effervescent energy product. We plan to further expand the
e-commerce
direct-to-consumer
platform in 2006.
Product Strategy. We are committed to
providing our distributors with unique, innovative products to
help them increase sales and recruit new distributors. On an
ongoing basis we will augment our product portfolio with
additional science-based products and, as appropriate, will
bundle products addressing similar health concerns into packages
and programs. We are establishing a core set of products that
will be available in all markets around the world. We are also
empowering regional and country managers to develop unique
products that are specific to their markets which should ensure
that local consumer needs can be met. Additionally, each year we
plan to have mega launches of products
and/or
programs which should generate continual excitement among our
distributors, and which could add to the core set of products.
These mega launches will generally target specific
market segments deemed strategic to us, such as a
childrens line to target
stay-at-home
moms and a sports and fitness line to target consumers who have
active lifestyles.
China Strategy. While we plan to expand into
new markets each year, expanding in China represents a
significant growth opportunity for us. In August 2005, China
published direct sales and anti-pyramiding regulations that
became effective in December 2005. We believe that China could
become one of the largest direct-selling markets in the world
over the next several years. To address this opportunity, we
have assembled a management team with direct selling experience,
secured a headquarters location in Shanghai, expanded our
manufacturing capacity in our Suzhou China factory, and we are
in the process of opening retail locations and registering
additional products. In 2005, we opened 14 retail stores in 7
key provinces.
Infrastructure Strategy. In 2003, we embarked
upon a strategic initiative to significantly upgrade our
technology infrastructure globally. We are implementing an
Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, with a scalable and
stable open architecture platform, to enhance our efficiency and
productivity as well as that of our distributors. In addition,
we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and distributor
services platform with tools such as BizWorks and
MyHerbalife.com and we have invested in business intelligence
tools to enable better analysis of our business. We expect these
initiatives to be substantially complete by 2008. Additionally,
we are investing in our employees through a comprehensive and
global organizational development program which was initiated in
2005.
Product
Overview
For 26 years, our products have been designed to help
distributors and customers from around the world lose weight,
improve their health, and experience life-changing results. We
have built our heritage on developing formulas that blend the
best of nature with innovative techniques from nutrition
science, appealing to the growing base of consumers seeking
differentiated products and who desire a healthier lifestyle.
As of December 31, 2005, we marketed and sold 146 products
encompassing over 3,000 SKUs through our distributors and had
approximately 1,750 trademarks globally. We group our products
into three categories: weight management, inner nutrition, and
Outer
Nutrition®.
Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
a series of related products designed to simplify weight
management and nutrition for our consumers and
7
maximize our distributors cross-selling opportunities.
These programs target specific consumer market segments, such as
women, men, mature adults, sports enthusiasts, as well as
weight-loss and weight-management customers and individuals
looking to enhance their overall well-being.
The following table summarizes our products by product category.
The net sales figures are for the year ended December 31,
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Product Category
|
|
Description
|
|
Representative
Products
|
|
Weight Management
(43.4% of 2005 net
sales)
|
|
Meal replacements, weight-loss
accelerators and a variety of healthy snacks
|
|
Formula 1
Personalized Protein Powder
Total
Control®
High Protein Bars and Snacks
|
Inner Nutrition
(41.4% of 2005 net
sales)
|
|
Dietary and nutritional
supplements containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
other natural ingredients
|
|
Niteworkstm
Garden 7
tm
Aloe
Concentrate
Liftoff
tm
|
Outer
Nutrition®
(10.4% of 2005 net
sales)
|
|
Skin cleansers, moisturizers,
lotions, shampoos and conditioners
|
|
Skin
Activator®
Cream
Radiant C
tm
Body Lotion
Herbal Aloe Everyday Shampoo
NouriFusiontm
|
Weight
management
Our weight-management products include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Formula 1 Protein Drink Mix, a meal-replacement protein powder
available in multiple flavors;
|
|
|
|
Formula 2 Multivitamin-Mineral & Herbal Tablets, which
provide essential vitamins and nutrients and are part of our
weight-management programs;
|
|
|
|
Personalized Protein Powder, a soy and whey protein source
developed to be added to our meal replacements to boost protein
intake and decrease hunger;
|
|
|
|
weight-loss accelerators, including Total
Control®,
which address specific challenges associated with dieting, such
as lack of energy, hunger and food craving, fluid retention,
decreased metabolism and digestive challenges, by building
energy, boosting metabolism, curbing appetite and helping to
promote weight loss; and
|
|
|
|
healthy snacks, formulated to provide between-meal nutrition and
satisfaction.
|
Our best-selling Formula 1 meal replacement product has been
part of our basic weight management program for 26 years
and generated approximately 27.4% of our retail sales in 2005.
In March 2004, we introduced
ShapeWorkstm,
a personalized protein-based meal replacement program based on
the clinical experience and 15 years of meal replacement
research of Dr. David Heber, Director of the UCLA Center
for Human Nutrition. The
ShapeWorkstm
program incorporates several of our leading weight management
products. Our distributors help identify body type, analyze lean
body mass, and customize a
ShapeWorkstm
program that can help increase metabolism and control hunger.
Inner
nutrition
We market numerous dietary and nutritional supplements designed
to meet our customers specific nutritional needs. Each of
these supplements contains quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
other natural ingredients and focuses on specific lifestages and
lifestyles of our customers, including women, men, children,
mature adults, and athletes. For example, in 2003, we introduced
Niteworkstm,
a product developed in conjunction with Nobel Laureate in
Medicine, Dr. Louis Ignarro.
Niteworkstm
supports energy, circulatory and vascular health and enhances
blood flow to the heart, brain and other vital organs. Another
product, Garden 7
tm,
is designed to provide the phytonutrient benefits of seven
servings of fruits and vegetables, has anti-oxidant and
health-boosting properties, and comes in convenient daily packs
which can make nutrition simple. In 2005, we entered into the
high growth
8
energy drink category in the U.S. and Canada with the
introduction of Liftoff
tm an
innovative, effervescent energy product.
Outer
Nutrition®
Our Outer
Nutrition®
products complement our weight-management and inner nutrition
products and aim to improve the appearance of the body, skin and
hair. These products include skin cleansers, toners,
moisturizers and facial masks, shampoos and conditioners,
body-wash items and a selection of fragrances for men and women
under the brand names Radiant C
tm
and Skin
Activator®,
among others. For example, our Radiant C
tm
Daily Skin Booster is designed to harness the antioxidant
power of vitamin C in a light gel-cream to help seal in moisture
and minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. In
addition, we offer Skin
Activator®,
an advanced cream based on glucosamine, almond oil, green tea
and sugar that is also designed to reduce the appearance of fine
lines and wrinkles, help skin regain a smoother, firmer
appearance, and protect from dryness. In 2005 we upgraded and
expanded our personal care line with the introduction of
NouriFusiontm.
This product line utilizes vitamin A, C, and E to provide
benefits to the skin.
Literature,
promotional and other products
We also sell literature and promotional materials, including
sales aids, informational audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs
designed to support our distributors marketing efforts, as
well as
start-up
kits called International Business Packs for new
distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2005,
$75.9 million or 4.8% of our net sales were derived from
literature and promotional materials. In 2005 we introduced
BizWorks, an internet based subscription toolset for
distributors that enhances the on-line experience and improves
their productivity.
Product
Development
We are committed to providing our distributors with unique,
innovative science-based products to help them increase retail
sales, and recruit and retain additional distributors. We
believe this is accomplished by introducing new products and by
upgrading, reformulating and repackaging existing product lines.
Our internal team of scientists collaborate with the
Companys Scientific Advisory Board and Medical Advisory
Board to formulate, review and evaluate new product ideas. Once
a particular market opportunity has been identified, our
scientists along with our marketing and sales teams work closely
with distributors to effect a successful development and launch
of the product.
We are focused on improving and enhancing our products through
our product development efforts. With regard to the weight
management and inner nutrition categories, new product
development involves all of our product strategies groups
including the product marketing, licensing, manufacturing,
medical affairs, scientific affairs, technical services and
quality control groups. Product development generally begins
with a review of product or ingredient ideas by our scientific
affairs group overseeing product design and feasibility
research, and the technical services group overseeing scientific
substantiation (evaluation of safety and efficacy), expert
reviews and related product research. Product designs are
transferred to technical services for development at the
pre-prototype phase, but technically complex products are often
taken to prototype phase by scientific affairs before transfer.
The technical services group then develops the manufacturing
specifications/technology transfer package, which often requires
development of a prototype, and tests product stability.
Prototypes are developed using contract facilities, with
oversight by either scientific affairs or technical services, as
appropriate. The quality control group, with support from the
technical services group, is responsible for analytical methods
development for ingredient label claims and manufacturing
product release. Manufacturing is generally out-sourced to
qualified vendors, although some products are manufactured at
our China manufacturing facility. Product quality assurance is
the responsibility of our quality control group. Concurrent with
the technical evaluation and development of our products, our
marketing teams work with our distributors strategy and planning
teams to develop sales materials, training and education
programs, and product testimonials to support new product
launches.
With regard to the Outer
Nutrition®
category, new product development involves undertaking market
trend and competitor assessment. We then undertake ideation,
which involves creating ideas that fill our needs or our gaps
but that conform with our overall business strategy. We test
final ideas with our distributors via global quantitative
9
testing. Those ideas that have high retail potential and high
personal use potential are considered for development. We then
initiate development and undertake sensory tests and home use
tests to determine if we need to make any aesthetic
improvements. Next, we test products in clinical trials or with
expert panels for efficacy, safety and claim substantiation.
Finally, we scale up for launch, complete stability and launch.
During the past three years, we have significantly increased our
emphasis on the science of weight management and nutrition. This
is illustrated by our assembly of a dedicated internal product
development team composed of leading scientists as well as our
recent establishment of a Scientific Advisory Board and Medical
Advisory Board. Our Scientific Advisory Board is comprised of 17
renowned international scientists who are experts in the fields
of obesity and human nutrition, and who conduct product research
and advise on product concepts. Members of this board include
David Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and
Public Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the
UCLA Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center
for Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals, and Louis
Ignarro, Ph.D., Distinguished Professor of Pharmacology at
the UCLA School of Medicine and Nobel Laureate in Medicine. In
addition, our Medical Advisory Board is comprised of three
leading scientists and medical doctors, who provide training on
product usage and give health-news updates through Herbalife
literature, the internet, and live training events around the
world.
We believe that it is important to maintain our relationships
with the members of our Scientific Advisory Board and Medical
Advisory Board and to recognize the time and effort that they
expend on our behalf. As a result, we have agreed to compensate
the members of these advisory boards as follows. A consulting
firm with which Dr. Ignarro is affiliated is entitled to
receive a royalty on sales of
(a) Niteworkstm,
(b) certain healthy heart products, and
(c) other products that we may mutually designate in the
future that are, in each case, sold with the aid of
Dr. Ignarros consulting, promotional or endorsement
services. We paid to the consulting firm, approximately
$0.2 million, $0.9 million and $1.4 million in
2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. In addition, we have made
donations from time to time to UCLA to fund research and
educational programs. We contributed $50,000 in 2003, $100,000
in 2004 and $100,000 in 2005 as part of this arrangement.
Dr. Heber receives no direct compensation from us although
we do reimburse him for travel expenses and we do pay to a
consulting firm, with which Dr. Heber is affiliated, a
quarterly consulting fee of $75,000. Members of our Scientific
Advisory Board are compensated for their time and efforts in the
following manner: (a) one member is a consultant to us
whose compensation for service on the board is reflected in his
consulting fees, and (b) ten members are paid an annual
retainer of $5,000 plus travel expenses. In addition, each
member of our Medical Advisory Board other than Dr. Heber
(whose compensation is described above) receives a monthly
retainer of $5,000, plus $3,000 for every day that they appear
at a non-southern California distributor event and $2,000 for
every day that they need to travel to such events.
Since 2002, we have contributed to the establishment of the UCLA
Lab through a grant aggregating $500,000. Additionally, in 2004
we donated lab equipment and software to the UCLA Lab. UCLA
agreed that the donations would be used to further research and
education in the fields of weight management and botanical
dietary supplements. While our direct relationship with UCLA is
currently limited to conducting two ongoing clinical studies, we
intend to take full advantage of the expertise at UCLA by
committing to support research that will further our
understanding of the benefits of phytochemicals.
In August 2005, we appointed Steve Henig, Ph.D. to the
newly created post of Chief Scientific Officer, with
responsibility for our product research and development
function. Mr. Henigs specific responsibilities
include setting Herbalifes R&D direction; product
innovation and development; scientific and medical affairs;
product safety and efficacy; and leadership of Herbalifes
Scientific Advisory Board, which is chaired by David
Heber, M.D., Ph.D. Mr. Henig is a product innovator
who brings more than two decades of experience in the
development and marketing of nutrition products to Herbalife. He
most recently served as Senior Vice President at Ocean Spray
Cranberries, Inc. where he revitalized that companys new
products program and medical research program for Ocean Spray.
He has also consulted with a number of leading companies,
including POM Wonderful.
We believe our focus on nutrition science and our efforts at
combining our internal research and development efforts with the
scientific expertise of our Scientific Advisory Board, the
educational skills of the Medical Advisory Board, and the
resources of the UCLA Lab should result in meaningful product
introductions and give our distributors and consumers increased
confidence in our products.
10
Network
Marketing Program
General
Our products are distributed through a global network marketing
organization comprised of over one million independent
distributors in 60 countries, except in China where, due to
regulations, our sales are conducted through company operated
retail stores, preferred customers, and employed sales
management personnel. In addition to helping them achieve
physical health and wellness through use of our products, we
offer our distributors, who are independent contractors,
attractive income opportunities. Distributors may earn income on
their own sales and can also earn royalties and bonuses on sales
made by the distributors in their sales organizations. We
believe that our products are particularly well-suited to the
network marketing distribution channel because sales of weight
management and health and wellness products are strengthened by
ongoing personal contact between retail consumers and
distributors. We believe our continued commitment to developing
innovative, science-based products will enhance our ability to
attract new distributors as well as increase the productivity
and retention of existing distributors. Furthermore, our
international sponsorship program, which permits distributors to
sponsor distributors in other countries where we are licensed to
do business and where we have obtained required product
approvals, provides a significant advantage to our distributors
as compared with distributors in some other network marketing
organizations.
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an agreement
with our distributors on July 18, 2002 that no material
changes adverse to the distributors will be made to the existing
marketing plan and that we will continue to distribute Herbalife
products exclusively through our independent distributors. We
believe that this agreement has strengthened our relationship
with our existing distributors, improved our ability to recruit
new distributors and generally increased the long-term stability
of our business.
Structure
of the network marketing program
To become a distributor, a person must be sponsored by an
existing distributor, except in China where no sponsorship is
allowed, and must purchase an International Business Pack from
us, except in South Korea, where there is no charge for a
distributor kit. The International Business Pack is a
distributor kit available in local languages. The kit comes in
two sizes. The larger kit costs the local currency equivalent of
about $75 and includes a can of
ShapeWorkstm/Formula 1,
several bottles of different nutritional supplements, booklets
describing us, our compensation plan and rules of conduct,
various training and promotional materials, distributor
applications and a product catalog. The smaller version costs
the local currency equivalent of about $50 and includes sample
products and essentially the same print and promotional
materials as included in the larger kit version. To become a
supervisor or qualify for a higher level, distributors must
achieve specified volumes of product purchases or earn certain
amounts of royalty overrides during specified time periods and
must re-qualify for the levels once each year. To attain
supervisor status, a distributor generally must purchase
products representing at least 4,000 volume points in one month
or 2,500 volume points in two consecutive months. China has its
own unique qualifying program. Volume points are point values
assigned to each of our products that are equal in all countries
and are based on the suggested retail price of
U.S. products (one volume point equates to one
U.S. dollar). Supervisors may then attain higher levels,
(consisting of the World Team, the Global Expansion Team, the
Millionaire Team, the Presidents Team, the Chairmans
Club and the Founders Circle) and earn increasing amounts of
royalty overrides based on purchases by distributors within
their organizations and, for members of our Global Expansion
Team and above, earn production bonuses on sales in their
downline sales organizations. Supervisors contribute
significantly to our sales and some key supervisors who have
attained the highest levels within our distributor network are
responsible for their organizations generation of a
substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
substantial number of our distributors.
11
The following table sets forth the number of our supervisors at
the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February*
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004**
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
|
55,465
|
|
|
|
62,737
|
|
|
|
67,921
|
|
|
|
75,359
|
|
|
|
87,925
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
42,419
|
|
|
|
47,230
|
|
|
|
51,290
|
|
|
|
70,239
|
|
|
|
65,104
|
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
43,230
|
|
|
|
40,423
|
|
|
|
35,637
|
|
|
|
31,790
|
|
|
|
38,524
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
23,589
|
|
|
|
22,013
|
|
|
|
18,287
|
|
|
|
13,946
|
|
|
|
9,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
164,703
|
|
|
|
172,403
|
|
|
|
173,135
|
|
|
|
191,334
|
|
|
|
201,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
In February of each year, we delete from the rank of supervisor
those supervisors who did not satisfy the supervisor
qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months.
Distributors who meet the supervisor requirements at any time
during the year are promoted to supervisor status at that time,
including any supervisors who were deleted, but who subsequently
requalified. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period
ending January 2005, approximately 60 percent of our
supervisors did not re-qualify and more than 90% of our
distributors that are not supervisors turned over. Distributors
who purchase our product for personal consumption or for short
term weight loss or income goals may stay with us for several
months to one year. Supervisors who have committed time and
effort to build a sales organization generally stay for longer
periods. We rely on certifications from the selling distributors
as to the amount and source of product sales to other
distributors which are not directly verifiable by us. In order
to increase retailing of our products, we have modified our
requalification criteria to provide that any distributor that
earns at least 4,000 volume points in any
12-month
period can requalify as a supervisor and retain a discount of
50% from suggested retail prices, but will forfeit their
distributor organization and associated earnings. For a
supervisor to requalify and retain their distributor
organization and associated earnings, they need to earn 4,000
volume points in one month or 2,500 volume points in two
consecutive months. |
|
** |
|
In 2004, certain modifications were made to the re-qualification
criteria resulting in approximately 19,000 additional
supervisors, including approximately 9,000 related to a change
in the business model in Russia. |
Distributor
earnings
Distributor earnings are derived from several sources. First,
distributors may earn profits by purchasing our products at
wholesale prices, which are discounted 25% to 50% from suggested
retail prices, depending on the distributors level within
our distributor network, and selling our products to retail
customers or to other distributors. Second, distributors who
sponsor other distributors and establish their own sales
organizations may earn (a) royalty overrides, 15% of
product retail sales in the aggregate, (b) production
bonuses, 7% of product retail sales in the aggregate and
(c) the Mark Hughes bonus, up to 1% of product retail sales
in the aggregate. Royalty overrides together with the
distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales.
Under the regulations recently published by the Government of
China, direct selling companies will be limited to the payment
of gross compensation to direct sellers of 30% of the revenue
they generate through their own sales of products to consumers.
The Company will incur substantial ongoing additional costs
relating to the inclusion in the China business model of company
operated retail stores, employed sales management personnel and
company provided training and certification procedures for sales
personnel, features not common elsewhere in our business model.
Distributors earn the right to receive royalty overrides upon
attaining the level of supervisor and above, and production
bonuses upon attaining the level of Global Expansion Team and
above. Once a distributor becomes a supervisor, he or she has an
incentive to qualify, by earning specified amounts of royalty
overrides, as a member of the Global Expansion Team, the
Millionaire Team or the Presidents Team, and thereby
receive production bonuses of up to 7%. We believe that the
right of distributors to earn royalty overrides and production
bonuses contributes significantly to our ability to retain our
most productive distributors.
12
As noted above, our compensation plan offers distributors
opportunities to achieve higher levels of potential earnings up
to ultimately 73% of retail sales, through a combination of
royalty overrides and distributor allowances. Each
distributors success is dependent on two primary factors:
the time, effort and commitment a distributor puts into his or
her Herbalife business and the product sales made by a
distributor and his or her sales organization.
Many of our non-supervisor distributors join Herbalife to obtain
a 25% discount on our products and become a discount consumer or
merely have a part-time income goal in mind. Consequently,
non-supervisor earnings tend to be relatively low and are not
tracked by the Company.
Distributor
motivation and training
We believe that motivation and training are key elements in
distributor success and that we and our distributor supervisors
have established a consistent schedule of events to support
these needs. We and our distributor leadership conduct thousands
of training sessions annually on local, regional and global
levels to educate and motivate our distributors. Every month,
there are hundreds of one-day Success Training Seminars held
throughout the world. Annually, in each major territory or
region, there is a three-day World Team School typically
attended by 2,000 to 10,000 distributors that focuses on product
and business development. Additionally, once a year in each
region, we host an Extravaganza at which our distributors from
around the world can come to learn about new products, expand
their skills and celebrate their success. In 2005, we conducted
a worldwide extravaganza in celebration of the Companys
25th anniversary, in Atlanta where more than 34,000
distributors attended. Additional regional events were held in
2005 in Mexico City, Sao Paulo and Japan.
In addition to these training sessions, we have our own
Herbalife Broadcast Network that we use to provide
distributors continual training and the most current product and
marketing information. The Herbalife Broadcast Network can be
seen on the internet.
Distributor reward and recognition is a significant factor in
motivating our distributors. Each year, we invest over
$40 million in regional and worldwide promotions to
motivate our distributors to achieve and exceed both sales and
recruiting goals. Examples of our worldwide promotions are our
25th Anniversary Cruise that took place in April 2005,
under which distributors qualified to receive a cruise vacation,
and our Atlanta Challenge, under which distributors earned
rewards for exceeding their prior year base-line performance. In
Atlanta, the Company introduced a Worldwide Cup Promotion that
was the primary promotion for 2005.
13
Geographic
Presence
As of December 31, 2005, we conducted business in 60
countries located in the Americas, Europe, Asia/Pacific Rim
(excluding Japan) and Japan. The following charts sets forth the
countries we have opened and currently operate in as of
December 31, 2005, the year in which we commenced
operations in those countries and net sales information by
region for the past three fiscal years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Country
|
|
Entered
|
|
|
Europe*
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
1984
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Israel
|
|
|
1989
|
|
France
|
|
|
1990
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
1990
|
|
Portugal
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Czech Republic
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
1993
|
|
Belgium
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Poland
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Denmark
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Sweden
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Russia
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Austria
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Switzerland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Norway
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Finland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Greece
|
|
|
1996
|
|
Turkey
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Botswana
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Lesotho
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Namibia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Swaziland
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Iceland
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Slovak Republic
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Cyprus
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Croatia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Latvia
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Ukraine
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Estonia
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Lithuania
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Hungary
|
|
|
2005
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Country
|
|
Entered
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
|
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1980
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
1982
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Venezuela
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Dominican Republic
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Argentina
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Chile
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Jamaica
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Panama
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Colombia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Bolivia
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Asia/Pacific Rim and
Japan
|
|
|
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
1983
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
1988
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Philippines
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Taiwan
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Korea (South)
|
|
|
1996
|
|
Thailand
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Indonesia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
India
|
|
|
1999
|
|
China
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Macau
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Europe includes Africa and Middle Eastern countries. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Countries
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Geographic Region
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
$
|
424.4
|
|
|
$
|
468.2
|
|
|
$
|
681.7
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
448.2
|
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
34.8
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
|
Asia/Pacific Rim (excluding Japan)
|
|
|
167.5
|
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
|
|
245.1
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
119.3
|
|
|
|
98.8
|
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over the most recent five years, the top six countries of each
year have gone from representing approximately 69% of net sales
in 2001 to 56% of net sales in 2005 reflecting our broad
geographical diversification.
After entering a new country, we in many instances experience an
initial period of rapid growth in sales as new distributors are
recruited, followed by a decline in sales. We believe that a
significant factor affecting these markets is the opening of
other new markets within the same geographic region or with the
same or similar language or cultural bases. Some distributors
then tend to focus their attention on the business opportunities
provided by these newer markets instead of developing their
established sales organizations in existing markets.
Additionally, in some
15
instances, we have become aware that certain sales in certain
existing markets were attributable to purchasers who distributed
our products in countries that had not yet been opened. When
these countries were opened, the sales in existing markets
shifted to the newly opened markets, resulting in a decline in
sales in the existing markets. To the extent we decide to open
new markets in the future, we will continue to seek to minimize
the impact on distributor focus in existing markets and to
ensure that adequate distributor support services and other
Herbalife systems are in place to support growth.
Manufacturing
and Distribution
All of our weight management, nutritional and personal care
products are manufactured for us by third party manufacturing
companies, with the exception of products distributed in and
sourced from China, where we have our own manufacturing
facility. We source our products from multiple manufacturers,
with our top three suppliers accounting for approximately 40% of
our product purchases in 2005. In addition, each of our products
can be made available from a secondary vendor if necessary. We
work closely with our vendors in an effort to achieve the
highest quality standards and product availability. We also have
our own quality control lab in which we routinely test products
received from vendors. We have established excellent
relationships with our manufacturers and have obtained
improvements in supply services, product quality and product
delivery. Historically, we have not been subject to material
price increases by our suppliers, and we believe that in the
event of price increases, we have the ability to respond to a
portion of the price increases by raising the prices of our
products. We own the proprietary formulations for substantially
all of our weight management products and dietary and
nutritional supplements.
In order to coordinate and manage the manufacturing of our
products, we utilize a significant demand planning and
forecasting process that is directly tied to our production
planning and purchasing systems. Using this sophisticated
planning software and process allows us to balance our inventory
levels to provide exceptional service to distributors while
minimizing working capital and inventory obsolescence.
Our global distribution system features centralized distribution
and telephone ordering systems coupled with storefront
distributor service centers. Our major distribution warehouses
have been automated with
pick-to-light
picking systems which consistently deliver over 99.5% order
accuracy and handling systems that provide for inspection of
every shipment before it is sent to delivery. Shipping and
processing standards for orders placed are either the same day
or the following business day. We have central sales ordering
facilities for answering and processing telephone orders.
Operators at such centers are capable of conversing in multiple
languages.
Our products are distributed to foreign markets either from the
facilities of our manufacturers or from our Los Angeles and
Venray, Netherlands distribution centers. Products are
distributed in the United States market from our Los Angeles
distribution center, our Memphis distribution center or from our
Dallas sales center. Nutrition products manufactured in
countries globally are generally transported by truck, cargo
ship or plane to our international markets and are warehoused in
either one of our foreign distribution centers or a contracted
third party warehouse and distribution center. After arrival of
the products in a foreign market, distributors purchase the
products from the local distribution center or the associated
sales center. Our Outer
Nutrition®
products are predominantly manufactured in Europe and the United
States. The products manufactured in Europe are shipped to a
centralized warehouse facility, from which delivery by truck,
ship or plane to other international markets occurs.
Product
Return and Buy-Back Policies
In most markets, our products include a customer satisfaction
guarantee. Under this guarantee, within 30 days of
purchase, any customer who is not satisfied with an Herbalife
product for any reason may return it or any unused portion of it
to the distributor from whom it was purchased for a full refund
from the distributor or credit toward the purchase of another
Herbalife product. If they return the products to us on a timely
basis, distributors may obtain replacements from us for such
returned products. In addition, in most jurisdictions, we
maintain a buy-back program pursuant to which we will repurchase
products sold to a distributor provided that the distributor
resigns as an Herbalife distributor, returns the product in
marketable condition generally within twelve months of original
purchase and meets certain documentation and other requirements.
We believe this buy-back policy addresses a number of the
regulatory compliance issues pertaining to network marketing, in
that it offers monetary protection to distributors who want to
exit the business.
16
Historically, product returns and buy-backs have not been
significant and have been steadily declining over these
reporting periods. Product returns, refunds and buy-back
expenses approximated 1.9%, 1.1%, and 1.0% of retail sales in
2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
Management
Information, Internet and Telecommunication Systems
In order to facilitate our continued growth and support
distributor activities, we continually upgrade our management
information, internet and telecommunication systems. These
systems include: (1) a centralized host computer managed by
Hewlett Packard in Colorado, which is linked to our
international markets through a dedicated wide area network that
provides on-line, real-time computer connectivity and access and
hosts our legacy operating systems and our new Oracle platform;
(2) local area networks of personal computers within our
markets, serving our regional administrative staffs; (3) an
international
e-mail
system through which our employees communicate; (4) a
standardized Northern Telecom Meridian telecommunication system
in most of our markets; (5) a fully integrated Oracle
supply chain management system that has been installed in our
distribution centers; and (6) internet websites to provide
a variety of online services for distributors (status of
qualifications, meeting announcements, product information,
application forms, educational materials and, in the United
States, sales ordering capabilities). These systems are designed
to provide financial and operating data for management, timely
and accurate product ordering, royalty override payment
processing, inventory management and detailed distributor
records. We intend to continue to invest in our systems in order
to strengthen our operating platform.
Regulation
General. In both our United States and foreign
markets, we are affected by extensive laws, governmental
regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and
similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other
constraints exist at the federal, state or local levels in the
United States and at all levels of government in foreign
jurisdictions, including regulations pertaining to: (1) the
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution,
importation, sale and storage of our products; (2) product
claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising
by us, as well as claims and advertising by distributors, for
which we may be held responsible; (3) our network marketing
program; (4) transfer pricing and similar regulations that
affect the level of U.S. and foreign taxable income and customs
duties; and (5) taxation of distributors (which in some
instances may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes
and maintain appropriate records).
Products. In the United States, the
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling,
promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our products
are subject to regulation by various governmental agencies,
including (1) the FDA, (2) the Federal Trade
Commission (FTC), (3) the Consumer Product
Safety Commission (CPSC), (4) the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA), (5) the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), (6) the
United States Postal Service, (7) United States Customs and
Border Protection, and (8) the Drug Enforcement
Administration. Our activities also are regulated by various
agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries in
which our products are manufactured, distributed and sold. The
FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and
labeling of conventional foods, dietary supplements, cosmetics
and
over-the-counter
(OTC) drugs, such as those distributed by us. FDA
regulations require us and our suppliers to meet relevant
current good manufacturing practice (cGMP)
regulations for the preparation, packing and storage of foods
and OTC drugs. On March 7, 2003, the FDA released for
comment its proposed cGMPs for dietary supplements. If the
FDA issues the final cGMPs for dietary supplements in 2006, as
the FDA now expects, we will have up to one year to ensure
compliance. We expect to see an increase in certain
manufacturing costs as a result of the necessary increase in
testing of raw ingredients and finished products and compliance
with higher quality standards.
Most OTC drugs are subject to FDA Monographs that establish
labeling and composition for these products. Our products must
comply with these Monographs, and our manufacturers must list
all products with the FDA and follow cGMP. Our cosmetic products
are regulated for safety by the FDA, which requires that
ingredients meet industry standards for non-allergenicity and
non-toxicity. Performance claims for cosmetics may not be
therapeutic.
The U.S. 1994 Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act
(DSHEA) revised the provisions of the Federal Food,
Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) concerning the
composition and labeling of dietary supplements
17
and, we believe, is generally favorable to the dietary
supplement industry. The legislation created a new statutory
class of dietary supplements. This new class includes vitamins,
minerals, herbs, amino acids and other dietary substances for
human use to supplement the diet, and the legislation
grandfathers, with some limitations, dietary ingredients that
were on the market before October 15, 1994. A dietary
supplement that contains a dietary ingredient that was not on
the market before October 15, 1994 will require evidence of
a history of use or other evidence of safety establishing that
it is reasonably expected to be safe. Manufacturers or marketers
of dietary supplements in the United States and certain other
jurisdictions that make product performance claims, including
structure or function claims, must have substantiation in their
possession that the statements are truthful and not misleading.
The majority of the products marketed by us in the United States
are classified as conventional foods or dietary supplements
under the FFDCA. Internationally, the majority of products
marketed by us are classified as foods or food supplements.
In January 2000, the FDA issued a regulation that defines the
types of statements that can be made concerning the effect of a
dietary supplement on the structure or function of the body
pursuant to DSHEA. Under DSHEA, dietary supplement labeling may
bear structure or function claims, which are claims that the
products affect the structure or function of the body, without
prior FDA approval, but with notification to the FDA. They may
not bear a claim that they can prevent, treat, cure, mitigate or
diagnose disease (a disease claim). The regulation describes how
the FDA distinguishes disease claims from structure or function
claims. During 2004, the FDA issued a guidance, paralleling an
earlier guidance from the FTC, defining a manufacturers
obligations to substantiate structure/function claims. The FDA
also issued a Structure/Function Claims Small Entity Compliance
Guide. In addition, the agency permits companies to use
FDA-approved full and qualified health claims for products
containing specific ingredients that meet stated requirements.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers, we are subject to the
risk that one or more of the ingredients in our products may
become the subject of regulatory action. A number of states
restricted the sale of dietary supplements containing botanical
sources of ephedrine alkaloids. As a result of these state
regulations, we stopped sales of its dietary supplements
containing botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids due to a
shift in consumer preference for ephedra free
products and a significant increase in products liability
insurance premiums for products containing botanical sources of
ephedrine group alkaloids. On December 31, 2002, we ceased
sales of
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets containing ephedrine alkaloids
derived from Chinese Ma huang, as well as
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets (the latter two containing the herb Sida
cordifolia which is another botanical source of ephedrine
alkaloids). On February 6, 2004, the FDA published a rule
finding that dietary supplements containing ephedrine alkaloids
present an unreasonable risk of illness or injury under
conditions of use recommended or suggested in the labeling of
the product, or, if no conditions of use are suggested in the
labeling, under ordinary conditions of use, and are therefore
adulterated.
The FDA has on record a small number of reports of adverse
reactions allegedly resulting from the ingestion of our
Thermojetics®
original green tablet. These reports are among thousands of
reports of adverse reactions to these products sold by other
companies.
As a further outgrowth of the FDA ephedra safety review, the
FDA, in January 2004, announced that it would undertake a review
of the safety of the herb Citrus aurantium. We had
previously used Citrus aurantium in the
ShapeWorkstm
total control and
Thermojetics®
green ephedra-free dietary supplements sold in the United States
and in a number of international markets. Unconfirmed reports of
serious adverse events, reportedly associated with Citrus
aurantium, were disclosed by the FDA to the New York Times
during April 2004. Under the Freedom of Information Act, we
obtained a copy of those anecdotal serious adverse event
reports. No Herbalife dietary supplement containing Citrus
aurantium was cited by the FDA. Indeed, many cited products
from other companies did not even contain Citrus
aurantium. Nonetheless, we decided to reformulate our
products and within the United States no longer market
dietary supplements containing Citrus aurantium.
Internationally, due to longer product registration lead times,
we are in the process of reformulating our foreign products
containing Citrus aurantium and expect to complete such
reformulation by the end of 2006.
The FDAs decision to ban ephedra triggered a significant
reaction by the national media, some of whom are calling for the
repeal or amendment of DSHEA. These media view supposed
weaknesses within DSHEA as the
18
underlying reason why ephedra was allowed to remain on the
market. We have been advised that DSHEA opponents in Congress
may use this anti-DSHEA momentum to advance existing or new
legislation during the 109th Congress to amend or repeal
DSHEA. We currently expect to see the following: (1) calls
for mandatory reporting of serious adverse event reports for
supplements; (2) premarket approval for safety and
effectiveness of dietary ingredients; (3) specific
premarket review of dietary ingredient stimulants that are and
will be used to replace ephedra; (4) reversal of the burden
of proof standard which now rests on the FDA; and (5) a
redefining of dietary ingredient to remove either
botanicals or selected classes of ingredients now treated as
dietary ingredients.
On September 16, 2002, the FDA changed its policies for
notifying companies of anecdotal adverse event reports for
dietary supplements. Since then, to date we have received nine
anecdotal special nutritional adverse events reports from the
FDA. These anecdotal special nutritional adverse event reports
describe a variety of reported complaints. While anecdotal
redacted adverse event report documents do not always indicate
which product(s) the consumer reportedly ingested, several
adverse event reports, suggest the consumer ingested varying,
sometimes unspecified, Herbalife products, including two
products no longer sold by Herbalife, Thermojetics
Original Green and Thermojetics Gold dietary
supplements. The incidents occurred within varying intervals of
time following the reported use of Herbalife products. As a
result of our receipt of adverse event reports we may from time
to time elect or be required to remove a product from a market,
either permanently or temporarily. We are in the process of
refining our processes for gathering and reporting
serious dietary supplement adverse event reports in
those markets where such reporting is required. Currently, this
process is managed by our Scientific Affairs department in
collaboration with our Medical Affairs department and our
Distributor Relations Call Centers.
On March 7, 2003, the FDA proposed a new regulation to
require current good manufacturing practices affecting the
manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
to cGMPs. We evaluated this proposal with respect to its
potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
use to manufacture our products, some of whom might not meet the
new standards. It is important to note that the proposed final
rule, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a three-year
phase-in for small businesses of any final regulation that is
issued. This will mean that some of our contract manufacturers
will not be fully impacted by the proposed regulation until at
least 2009. However, the proposed final rule can be expected to
result in additional costs and possibly the need to seek
alternate suppliers.
Some of the products marketed by us are considered conventional
foods and are currently labeled as such. Within the United
States, this category of products is subject to the Nutrition,
Labeling and Education Act (NLEA), and regulations
promulgated under the NLEA. The NLEA regulates health claims,
ingredient labeling and nutrient content claims characterizing
the level of a nutrient in the product. The ingredients added to
conventional foods must either be generally recognized as safe
by experts (GRAS) or be approved as food additives
under FDA regulations.
In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to
making or permitting sales of our products in the market, we may
be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from
the relevant countrys ministry of health or comparable
agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not
required, we nonetheless seek a favorable opinion of counsel
regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering
a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate
is required, we work extensively with local authorities in order
to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process
generally requires us to present each product and product
ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances,
arrange for testing of products by local technicians for
ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on
reformulation of our products, or may be unavailable with
respect to some products or some ingredients. Product
reformulation or the inability to introduce some products or
ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect
on sales. We must also comply with product labeling and
packaging regulations that vary from country to country. Our
failure to comply with these regulations can result in a product
being removed from sale in a particular market, either
temporarily or permanently.
19
In 2005, Herbalife voluntarily elected to temporarily withdraw
its Sesame & Herb tablet product from the Israeli
market. This product, which has been on the market since 1989,
was sold only in Israel. Herbalifes voluntary decision to
temporarily withdraw this product accompanied the initiation of
a review by the Israeli Ministry of Health of anecdotal case
reports of individuals having varying liver conditions when it
was reported that a small number of these individuals had
consumed Herbalife products. Herbalife scientists and medical
doctors are closely cooperating with the Ministry of Health to
facilitate this review. This review is ongoing and there can be
no assurances as to the outcome.
The FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of
all of our products, has in the past several years instituted
enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies
and against manufacturers of weight loss products generally for
false and misleading advertising of some of their products.
These enforcement actions have often resulted in consent decrees
and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition,
the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials,
which we also utilize, as well as the role of expert endorsers
and product clinical studies. Although we have not been the
target of FTC enforcement action for the advertising of our
products, we cannot be sure that the FTC, or comparable foreign
agencies, will not question our advertising or other operations
in the future. It is unclear whether the FTC will subject our
advertisements to increased surveillance to ensure compliance
with the principles set forth in the guide.
In Europe, a pending EU Health Claim regulation, now being
discussed within the European Parliament, could, depending on
amendments, have an adverse effect on existing product
wellness, well-being and good for
you claims presently made on existing product labeling,
literature and advertising. We and our industry allies are
vigorously working to address this pending debate in ongoing
discussion with Parliamentarians and the European Commission.
In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of
our distributors also may affect our business because in some
countries we are, or regulators may assert that we are,
responsible for our distributors conduct. In these
countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps
to ensure that our distributors comply with local regulations.
The types of regulated conduct include: (1) representations
concerning our products; (2) income representations made by
us and/or
distributors; (3) public media advertisements, which in
foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; and
(4) sales of products in markets in which the products have
not been approved, licensed or certified for sale.
In some markets, it is possible that improper product claims by
distributors could result in our products being reviewed by
regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or
placed into another category as to which stricter regulations
are applicable. In addition, we might be required to make
labeling changes.
We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws,
regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we predict
what effect additional governmental regulations or
administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on
our business in the future. They could, however, require:
(1) the reformulation of some products not capable of being
reformulated; (2) imposition of additional record keeping
requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the properties
of some products; (4) expanded or different labeling;
(5) additional scientific substantiation regarding product
ingredients, safety or usefulness;
and/or
(6) additional distributor compliance surveillance and
enforcement action by us.
Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. All
of our officers and directors are subject to a permanent
injunction issued in October 1986 pursuant to the settlement of
an action instituted by the California Attorney General, the
State Health Director and the Santa Cruz County District
Attorney. We consented to the entry of this injunction without
in any way admitting the allegations of the complaint. The
injunction prevents us and our officers and directors from
making specified claims in future advertising of our products
and required us to implement some documentation systems with
respect to payments to our distributors. At the same time, the
injunction does not prevent us from continuing to make specified
claims concerning our products that have been made and are being
made, provided that we have a reasonable basis for making the
claims.
We are aware that, in some of our international markets, there
has been recent adverse publicity concerning products that
contain ingredients that have been genetically modified
(GM). In some markets, the possibility of
20
health risks or perceived consumer preference thought to be
associated with GM ingredients has prompted proposed or actual
governmental regulation. For example, the European Union has
adopted a EC Regulation 1829/2003 affecting the labeling of
products containing ingredients that have been genetically
modified, and the documents manufacturers and marketers will
need to possess to ensure traceability at all
steps in the chain of production and distribution. This new
regulation, which took effect in 2004, has been implemented by
us and our contract manufacturers, resulting in modifications to
our labeling, and in some instances, to some of our foods and
food supplements sold in Europe. Differing GM regulations
affecting us also have been adopted in Brazil, Japan, Korea,
Taiwan and Thailand. We cannot anticipate the extent to which
future regulations in our markets will restrict the use of GM
ingredients in our products or the impact of any regulations on
our business in those markets. In response to any applicable
regulations, we would, where practicable, attempt to reformulate
our products to satisfy the regulations. We believe, based upon
currently available information, that compliance with regulatory
requirements in this area should not have a material adverse
effect on us or our business. However, because publicity and
governmental scrutiny of GM ingredients is a relatively new and
evolving area, there can be no assurance in this regard. If a
significant number of our products were found to be genetically
modified and regulations in our markets significantly restricted
the use of GM ingredients in our products, our business could be
materially adversely affected.
In addition, in certain of our markets, there has been recent
adverse regulatory and press attention to ingredients that may
cause what is commonly referred to as mad cow disease
(BSE). Certain of our products contain ingredients
derived from bovine sources. We are not aware of any infection
or contamination of any of our products by BSE. Should any such
infection or contamination be detected, it could have a material
adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if governments
preclude importation of products from the U.S. containing
bovine-derived ingredients, it could adversely impact product
availability
and/or
future price. Further, even if no such infection or
contamination is detected, adverse publicity concerning the BSE
risk, or governmental or regulatory developments aimed at
combating the risk of BSE contamination by regulating bovine
products
and/or
by-products, could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
We are also in the process of complying with recent regulations
within the European Union, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China,
Hong Kong, Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand affecting the use
and/or
labeling of irradiated raw ingredients. To date, we have dealt
with irradiation compliance questions involving three products
sold in the Netherlands and one product sold in Switzerland.
Compliance with GM, BSE and irradiation regulations can be
expected to increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our
products.
Network marketing program. Our network
marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state
regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies
as well as regulations in foreign markets administered by
foreign agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing
organizations generally are directed at ensuring that product
sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement
within our organization is based on sales of the
organizations products rather than investments in the
organization or other non-retail sales related criteria. For
instance, in some markets, there are limits on the extent to
which distributors may earn royalty overrides on sales generated
by distributors that were not directly sponsored by the
distributor. When required by law, we obtain regulatory approval
of our network marketing program or, when this approval is not
required, the favorable opinion of local counsel as to
regulatory compliance. Nevertheless, we remain subject to the
risk that, in one or more markets, our marketing system could be
found not to be in compliance with applicable regulations.
Failure by us to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general.
We also are subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. For example, in
Webster v. Omnitrition International, Inc., 79 F.3d
776 (9th Cir. 1996), the multi-level marketing program of
Omnitrition International, Inc. (Omnitrition) was
successfully challenged in a class action by Omnitrition
distributors who alleged that Omnitrition was operating an
illegal pyramid scheme in violation of federal and
state laws. We believe that our network marketing program
satisfies the standards set forth in the Omnitrition case and
other applicable statutes and case law defining a legal
marketing system, in part based upon significant differences
between our marketing system and that described in the
Omnitrition case.
21
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
International, Inc., et al). Herbalife International
had removed the lawsuit to federal court and the court remanded
the lawsuit to state court. The complaint alleges that certain
telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
distributors violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the
TCPA) and seeks to hold Herbalife International
vicariously liable for the practices of its distributors. More
specifically, the plaintiffs complaint alleges that
several of Herbalifes distributors used pre-recorded
telephone messages and autodialers to contact prospective
customers in violation of the TCPAs prohibition of such
practices. Herbalifes distributors are independent
contractors and if any such distributors in fact violated the
TCPA, they also violated Herbalifes policies which require
its distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state
and local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
defenses to the suit.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program outside of the
United States.
Non-U.S. multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V. (HIB) on August 26, 2004, alleging that
HIB violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices
Act by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers.
Currently, the lawsuit is in the pleading stage, and the
plaintiffs filed their initial brief on September 27, 2005.
An adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
marketing program, or in proceedings not involving us directly
but which challenge the legality of multi-level marketing
systems, in Belgium or in any other market in which we operate,
could negatively impact our business. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
It is an ongoing part of our business to monitor and respond to
regulatory and legal developments, including those that may
affect our network marketing program. However, the regulatory
requirements concerning network marketing programs do not
include bright line rules and are inherently fact-based. An
adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
marketing program could have a material adverse effect on our
business. An adverse determination could: (1) require us to
make modifications to our network marketing program,
(2) result in negative publicity or (3) have a
negative impact on distributor morale. In addition, adverse
rulings by courts in any proceedings challenging the legality of
multi-level marketing systems, even in those not involving us
directly, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Transfer pricing and similar regulations. In
many countries, including the United States, we are subject to
transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure
that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our
U.S. or local entities and are taxed accordingly. In
addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to
ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on
the importation of our products.
Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with
all applicable regulations and restrictions, we are subject to
the risk that governmental authorities could audit our transfer
pricing and related practices and assert that additional taxes
are owed. For example, we are currently subject to pending or
proposed audits that are at
22
various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes and related
interest and penalties in material amounts. In some
circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have
been assessed, and we will be required to appeal or litigate to
reverse the assessments. We have taken advice from our tax
advisors, and the Company believes that there are substantial
defenses to the allegations that additional taxes are owing, and
we are vigorously defending against the imposition of additional
proposed taxes. The ultimate resolution of these matters may
take several years, and the outcome is uncertain.
In the event that the audits or assessments are concluded
adversely to us, we may or may not be able to offset or mitigate
the consolidated effect of foreign income tax assessments
through the use of U.S. foreign tax credits. Currently, we
anticipate utilizing the majority of our foreign tax credits in
the year in which they arise with the unused amount carried
forward. Because the laws and regulations governing
U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and subject to
periodic legislative amendment, we cannot be sure that we would
in fact be able to take advantage of any foreign tax credits in
the future. As a result, adverse outcomes in these matters could
have a material impact on our financial condition and operating
results.
Other regulations. We also are subject to a
variety of other regulations in various foreign markets,
including regulations pertaining to social security assessments,
employment and severance pay requirements, import/export
regulations and antitrust issues. As an example, in many
markets, we are substantially restricted in the amount and types
of rules and termination criteria that we can impose on
distributors without having to pay social security assessments
on behalf of the distributors and without incurring severance
obligations to terminated distributors. In some countries, we
may be subject to these obligations in any event.
Our failure to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general. Assertions that we failed to comply with
regulations or the effect of adverse regulations in one market
could adversely affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets.
Compliance procedures. As indicated above,
Herbalife, our products and our network marketing program are
subject, both directly and indirectly through distributors
conduct, to numerous federal, state and local regulations, both
in the United States and foreign markets. Beginning in 1985, we
began to institute formal regulatory compliance measures by
developing a system to identify specific complaints against
distributors and to remedy any violations by distributors
through appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions
and, when necessary, terminations. In our manuals, seminars and
other training programs and materials, we emphasize that
distributors are prohibited from making therapeutic claims for
our products.
Our general policy regarding acceptance of distributor
applications from individuals who do not reside in one of our
markets is to refuse to accept the individuals distributor
application. From time to time, exceptions to the policy are
made on a
country-by-country
basis.
In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and
our distributors, we conduct considerable research into the
applicable regulatory framework prior to entering any new market
to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable
limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we
conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel
and other representatives. We devote substantial resources to
obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals and bringing our
operations into compliance with the applicable limitations. We
also research laws applicable to distributor operations and
revise or alter our distributor manuals and other training
materials and programs to provide distributors with guidelines
for operating a business, marketing and distributing our
products and similar matters, as required by applicable
regulations in each market. We, however, are unable to monitor
our supervisors and distributors effectively to ensure that they
refrain from distributing our products in countries where we
have not commenced operations, and we do not devote significant
resources to this type of monitoring.
In addition, regulations in existing and new markets often are
ambiguous and subject to considerable interpretive and
enforcement discretion by the responsible regulators. Moreover,
even when we believe that we and our distributors are initially
in compliance with all applicable regulations, new regulations
regularly are being added and the interpretation of existing
regulations is subject to change. Further, the content and
impact of
23
regulations to which we are subject may be influenced by public
attention directed at us, our products or our network marketing
program, so that extensive adverse publicity about us, our
products or our network marketing program may result in
increased regulatory scrutiny.
It is an ongoing part of our business to anticipate and respond
to new and changing regulations and to make corresponding
changes in our operations to the extent practicable. Although we
devote considerable resources to maintaining our compliance with
regulatory constraints in each of our markets, we cannot be sure
that (1) we would be found to be in full compliance with
applicable regulations in all of our markets at any given time
or (2) the regulatory authorities in one or more markets
will not assert, either retroactively or prospectively or both,
that our operations are not in full compliance. These assertions
or the effect of adverse regulations in one market could
negatively affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets. These assertions could have a material adverse effect
on us in a particular market or in general. Furthermore,
depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a
particular market and the changes in our operations that would
be necessitated to maintain compliance, these changes could
result in our experiencing a material reduction in sales in the
market or determining to exit the market altogether. In this
event, we would attempt to devote the resources previously
devoted to the market, to a new market or markets or other
existing markets. However, we cannot be sure that this
transition would not have an adverse effect on our business and
results of operations either in the short or long-term.
Trademarks
and Proprietary Formulas
We use the umbrella trademarks Herbalife, Thermojetics,
Dermajetics, and protect several other trademarks and trade
names in connection with our products and operations, for
example, Shapeworks. Our trademark registrations are issued
through the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in
comparable agencies in the foreign countries. We consider our
trademarks and trade names to be an important factor in our
business. We also take care in protecting the intellectual
property rights of our proprietary formulas by restricting
access to our formulas within the Company to those persons or
departments that require access to them to perform their
functions, and by requiring our finished goods-suppliers and
consultants to execute supply and non-disclosure agreements that
seek to contractually protect our intellectual property rights.
For example, we have recently developed a new product in the
energy supplement category for which we have sought (through our
employees who invented this product) one or more patents for the
formulation as a whole. We strive to protect all new product
developments as the confidential trade secrets of the Company
and its inventor employees. However, despite our efforts, we may
be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or
misappropriating our proprietary rights.
Competition
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive. This market segment includes
numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and
physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers
both in the United States and abroad. The market is highly
sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight
management plans, including various prescription drugs that may
rapidly capture a significant share of the market. As a result,
our ability to remain competitive depends in part upon the
successful introduction of new products. In addition, we
anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in
the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. We
cannot be sure of the impact of electronic commerce or that it
will not adversely affect our business.
We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of
distributors from other network marketing organizations,
including those that market weight management products,
nutritional supplements, and personal care products, as well as
other types of products. Some of our competitors are
substantially larger than we are, and have considerably greater
financial resources than we have. Our ability to remain
competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in
recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive
compensation plan and other incentives. We believe that our
production bonus program, international sponsorship program and
other compensation and incentive programs provide our
distributors with significant earning potential. However, we
cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment and retention
of distributors will be successful.
24
Executive
Officers of the Registrant
Biographical information follows for each person who serves as
an executive officer of the Company. The table sets forth
certain information regarding these individuals. The information
below is as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position with the
Company
|
|
Since
|
|
Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Gregory Probert
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Richard Goudis
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Brett R. Chapman
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Paul Noack
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
Chief Strategic Officer
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Steve Henig Ph.D.
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
Chief Scientific Officer
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Michael O. Johnson is Chief Executive Officer of
the Company. Mr. Johnson joined the Company in April 2003
after 17 years with The Walt Disney Company, where he most
recently served as President of Walt Disney International, and
also served as President of Asia Pacific for The Walt Disney
Company and President of Buena Vista Home Entertainment.
Mr. Johnson has also previously served as a publisher of
Audio Times magazine, and has directed the regional sales
efforts of Warner Amex Satellite Entertainment Company for three
of its television channels, including MTV, Nickelodeon and The
Movie Channel. Mr. Johnson is currently a director of
Univision Communications, Inc., a television company serving
Spanish-speaking Americans. Mr. Johnson received his
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Western State College.
Gregory Probert is President and Chief Operating
Officer of the Company. Mr. Probert joined the Company in
August 2003, after serving as President and CEO of DMX MUSIC for
over 2 years. Mr. Probert joined DMX MUSIC after
serving as Chief Operating Officer of planet Lingo from January
2000 to November 2000, where he led the team that designed and
built the companys first product, an online conversational
system for the $20 billion ESL market in Japan. Immediately
prior to planet Lingo, Mr. Probert spent 12 years with
The Walt Disney Company, where he most recently served as
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the
$3.5 billion Buena Vista Home Entertainment worldwide
business. Mr. Proberts positions with The Walt Disney
Company also included service as Executive Vice President and
Managing Director of the International Home Video Division,
Senior Vice President and Managing Director of Buena Vista Home
Entertainment, Asia Pacific Region, based in Hong Kong, and
Chief Financial Officer of Buena Vista International,
Disneys theatrical distribution arm, among others.
Mr. Probert received his Bachelor of Science from the
University of Southern California and his MBA from California
State University, Los Angeles.
Richard Goudis joined the Company in June 2004, as
Chief Financial Officer. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Goudis was
the Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown, a Nasdaq
100 company that was sold to Royal Numico in 2000. After
the sale to Royal Numico, Mr. Goudis had operations
responsibility for all of Royal Numicos
U.S. investments, including General Nutrition Centers, or
GNC, Unicity International and Rexall Sundown. From 2002 to May
2004, Mr. Goudis was a partner at Flamingo Capital
Partners, a firm he founded with several retired executives from
Rexall Sundown. Prior to working at Rexall Sundown,
Mr. Goudis worked at Sunbeam Corporation and
Pratt & Whitney.
Brett R. Chapman joined the Company in October
2003, as General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Chapman spent thirteen years at The Walt
Disney Company, most recently as Senior Vice President and
Deputy General Counsel, with responsibility for all legal
matters relating to Disneys Media Networks Group,
including the ABC Television Network, the companys cable
properties including The Disney Channel and ESPN, and
Disneys radio and internet businesses. Prior to working at
The Walt Disney Company, Mr. Chapman was an associate at
the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
LLP. Mr. Chapman received his Bachelor of Science and
Master of Science in Business Administration from California
State University, Northridge and his Juris Doctorate from
Southwestern University School of Law.
Paul Noack joined the Company in January 2004, as
Senior Vice President, Corporate Planning and Strategy and was
most recently promoted to Chief Strategic Officer. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Noack spent 3 years at DMX
MUSIC as Senior Vice President and Chief Strategic Officer with
responsibility for the companys strategic
25
alliances and international operations in Asia, Japan, Latin
America and Canada. Prior to working at DMX MUSIC,
Mr. Noack served as Senior Managing Director of
Knightsbridge Holdings, a San Francisco based merchant banking
company and spent 11 years at The Walt Disney Company.
Mr. Noack holds a B.A. from St. Johns University.
Steve Henig, Ph.D. joined the Company in July
2005, as Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Henig spent 6 years at Ocean Spray Cranberries,
Inc., as Senior Vice President, technology and innovation with
responsibility for the companys new products program and
medical research program. Prior to working at Ocean Spray
Cranberries, Inc. Mr. Henig served as Senior Vice
President, technology and marketing services at Con Agras
Grocery products. Mr. Henig holds a Ph.D. in food science
from Rutgers University, a M.S. in food and biotechnology and a
B.S. in chemical engineering from Technion-Israel Institute of
technology.
Employees
As of December 31, 2005, we had 2,946 full-time
employees. In China, as of December 31, 2005, we also had
labor contracts with approximately 842 sales representatives.
These numbers do not include our distributors, who are
independent contractors rather than our employees. Except for
some employees in Mexico and in certain European countries, none
of our employees are members of any labor union, and we have
never experienced any business interruption as a result of any
labor disputes.
Available
Information
Our internet website address is www.Herbalife.com. We
make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports
on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) as soon as
reasonably practical after we file such material with, or
furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC). This information is also available in print to
any shareholders who request it, with any such requests
addressed to Investor Relations, 1800 Century Park East, Los
Angeles, CA 90067. Certain of these documents may also be
obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission
at 1-800-SEC-0330.
The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an
internet website that contains reports, and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities
and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. We also make
available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the
Charters of our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee, and Compensation Committee.
Our
failure to establish and maintain distributor relationships for
any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
harm our financial condition and operating
results.
We distribute our products exclusively through over one million
independent distributors, and we depend upon them directly for
substantially all of our sales. To increase our revenue, we must
increase the number of, or the productivity of, our
distributors. Accordingly, our success depends in significant
part upon our ability to recruit, retain and motivate a large
base of distributors. There is a high rate of turnover among our
distributors, a characteristic of the network marketing
business. The loss of a significant number of distributors for
any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
could impair our ability to attract new distributors. In our
efforts to attract and retain distributors, we compete with
other network marketing organizations, including those in the
weight management product, dietary and nutritional supplement
and personal care and cosmetic product industries. Our operating
results could be harmed if our existing and new business
opportunities and products do not generate sufficient interest
to retain existing distributors and attract new distributors.
In light of the high
year-over-year
rate of turnover in our distributor base, we have our
supervisors and non-supervisor distributors requalify annually
in order to help us maintain a more accurate count of their
numbers. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period
ending January 2005, 60% of our supervisors did not re-qualify
and more than 90% of our distributors that are not supervisors
turned over. Distributors who purchase our product for personal
consumption or for short-term income goals may stay with us for
several months to one year. Supervisors who have committed time
and effort to build a sales organization will generally stay for
longer periods. Distributors
26
have highly variable levels of training, skills and
capabilities. The turnover rate of our distributors, and our
operating results, can be adversely impacted if we and our
senior distributor leadership do not provide the necessary
mentoring, training and business support tools for new
distributors to become successful sales people in a short period
of time.
We estimate that, of our over one million independent
distributors, we had approximately 201,000 supervisors after
requalifications in February 2005. These supervisors, together
with their downline sales organizations, account for
substantially all of our revenues. Our distributors, including
our supervisors, may voluntarily terminate their distributor
agreements with us at any time. The loss of a group of leading
supervisors, together with their downline sales organizations,
or the loss of a significant number of distributors for any
reason, could negatively impact sales of our products, impair
our ability to attract new distributors and harm our financial
condition and operating results.
Since
we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our
independent distributors as we could were they our own
employees, our distributors could fail to comply with our
distributor policies and procedures, which could result in
claims against us that could harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Our distributors are independent contractors and, accordingly,
we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction,
motivation and oversight as we would if distributors were our
own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our
distributors will participate in our marketing strategies or
plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with
our distributor policies and procedures.
Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business,
our products and our network marketing program. Because we have
expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for
our independent distributors differ due to the different legal
requirements of each country in which we do business. While we
have implemented distributor policies and procedures designed to
govern distributor conduct and to protect the goodwill
associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be
difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of
the large number of distributors and their independent status.
Violations by our distributors of applicable law or of our
policies and procedures in dealing with customers could reflect
negatively on our products and operations, and harm our business
reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold
us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious
liability because of the actions of our independent
distributors. If any of these events occur, the value of an
investment in our common shares could be impaired.
Adverse
publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network
marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The size of our distribution force and the results of our
operations may be significantly affected by the publics
perception of our Company and similar companies. This perception
is dependent upon opinions concerning:
|
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of our products and ingredients;
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies;
|
|
|
|
our distributors;
|
|
|
|
our network marketing program; and
|
|
|
|
the direct selling business generally.
|
Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of
our Company or our distributors to comply with applicable laws
and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good
manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing
program, the licensing of our products for sale in our target
markets or other aspects of our business, whether or not
resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties,
could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and
could negatively affect our ability to attract, motivate and
retain distributors, which would negatively impact our ability
to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all distributors will
comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the
advertising, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products.
27
In addition, our distributors and consumers
perception of the safety and quality of our products and
ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced
by national media attention, publicized scientific research or
findings, widespread product liability claims and other
publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar
products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse
publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from
consumers use or misuse of our products, that associates
consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar
products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects,
questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that
any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or
have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could negatively
impact our reputation or the market demand for our products.
Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our
operations, including our network marketing program or the
attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities
provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative
effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain
distributors. In the mid-1980s, our products and marketing
program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United
States, resulting in large part from claims and representations
made about our products by our distributors, including
impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting adverse
publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of distributors in
the United States and a corresponding reduction in sales
beginning in 1985. We expect that negative publicity will, from
time to time, continue to negatively impact our business in
particular markets.
Our
failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer
preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements
could significantly harm our distributor and customer
relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition
and operating results and cause the loss or reduction in the
value of your investment in our common shares.
Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and
preferences, especially with respect to weight management
products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability
to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not
respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such
changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is
characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for
products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our
failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively
impact consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could
harm our customer and distributor relationships and cause the
loss of sales. The success of our new product offerings and
enhancements depends upon a number of factors, including our
ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
accurately anticipate customer needs;
|
|
|
|
innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that
meet these needs;
|
|
|
|
successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements
in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
price our products competitively;
|
|
|
|
manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and
in a timely manner; and
|
|
|
|
differentiate our product offerings from those of our
competitors.
|
If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet
the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of
our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively
impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.
Due to
the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to
retain our customers and distributors, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction
of new products or weight management plans, including various
prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant
share of the market. These market segments include numerous
manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians
that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the
United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we
will be subject to increasing competition in the future from
sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these
competitors have longer operating histories,
28
significantly greater financial, technical, product development,
marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger
established customer bases and better-developed distribution
channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be
able to develop products that are comparable or superior to
those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new
technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or customer
requirements, or devote greater resources to the development,
promotion and sale of their products than we do. For example, if
our competitors develop other diet or weight loss treatments
that prove to be more effective than our products, demand for
our products could be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able
to compete effectively in our markets and competition may
intensify.
We are also subject to significant competition for the
recruitment of distributors from other network marketing
organizations, including those that market weight management
products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care
products as well as other types of products. We compete for
global customers and distributors with regard to weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as
NuSkin Enterprises, Natures Sunshine, Alticor/Amway,
Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame, and Mary Kay, as well as
retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig,
General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies. In
addition, because the industry in which we operate is not
particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high
barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to
emerge who will compete with us for our distributors and
customers. In addition, the fact that our distributors may
easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes
to the level of competition that we face. For example, a
distributor can enter or exit our network marketing system with
relative ease at any time without facing a significant
investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low
upfront financial cost (generally $50 to $75) to become a
Herbalife distributor, (2) we do not require any specific
amount of time to work as a distributor, (3) we do not
insist on any special training to be a distributor and
(4) we do not prohibit a new distributor from working with
another company. Our ability to remain competitive therefore
depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and
retaining distributors through an attractive compensation plan,
the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio and other
incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment
and retention of distributors will be successful, and if they
are not, our financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
We are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints both domestically and abroad and our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these restraints could
lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which
could harm our financial condition and operating
results.
In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation,
manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation,
exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may
exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States
and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There
can be no assurance that we or our distributors are in
compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these regulations or
new regulations could lead to the imposition of significant
penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In
addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the
interpretations of existing regulations may result in
significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales
and may negatively impact the marketing of our products,
resulting in significant loss of sales revenues. For example,
the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has announced
plans to issue new guidance or regulations relating to low
carbohydrate claims for foods, which could negatively impact our
sales of such products.
Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence
or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those
markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels
of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our
ability to introduce additional products into such markets.
However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic
and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our
products. For example, during the third quarter of 1995, we
received inquiries from certain governmental agencies within
Germany and Portugal regarding our product,
Thermojetics®
Instant Herbal Beverage, relating to the caffeine content of
the product and the status of the product as an instant
tea, which was disfavored by regulators, versus a
beverage. Although we initially suspended the
29
product sale in Germany and Portugal at the request of the
regulators, we successfully reintroduced it once regulatory
issues were satisfactorily resolved. Any such regulatory action,
whether or not it results in a final determination adverse to
us, could create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on
the motivation and recruitment of distributors and,
consequently, on sales.
On March 7, 2003, the FDA proposed a new regulation to
require current good manufacturing practices affecting the
manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
to cGMPs. We are evaluating this proposal with respect to its
potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
use to manufacturer our products, some of whom might not meet
the new standards. It is important to note that the proposed
regulation, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a
three-year phase-in for small businesses of any final regulation
that is issued. This will mean that some of our contract
manufacturers will not be fully impacted by the proposed
regulation until at least 2008. However, the proposed regulation
can be expected to result in additional costs and possibly the
need to seek alternate suppliers.
Our
network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance
with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more
markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in
these markets and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal
and state regulations administered by the Federal Trade
Commission and various state agencies in the United States as
well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets
administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk
that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program
could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or
regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing
organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or
deceptive schemes, often referred to as pyramid or
chain sales schemes, by ensuring that product sales
ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an
organization is based on sales of the organizations
products rather than investments in the organization or other
non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements
concerning network marketing programs do not include
bright line rules and are inherently fact-based, and
thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe that our network
marketing program is in full compliance with applicable laws or
regulations governing network marketing systems, we are subject
to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or
interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental
agencies or courts can change. The failure of our network
marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted
regulations could negatively impact our business in a particular
market or in general.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. The multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers. The
plaintiff is seeking a payment of 25,000 (equal to
approximately $30,000 as of December 31, 2005) per
purported violation as well as costs of the trial. For the year
ended December 31, 2005, our net sales in Belgium were
approximately $15.9 million. Currently, the lawsuit is in
the pleading stage. The plaintiffs filed their initial brief on
September 27, 2005. An adverse judicial determination with
respect to our network marketing program, or in proceedings not
involving us directly but which challenge the legality of
multi-level marketing systems, in Belgium or in any other market
in which we operate, could negatively impact our business.
30
A
substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign
markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange
restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations
and similar risks associated with foreign
operations.
Approximately 82% of our net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005, were generated outside the
United States, exposing our business to risks associated
with foreign operations. For example, a foreign government may
impose trade or foreign exchange restrictions or increased
tariffs, which could negatively impact our operations. We are
also exposed to risks associated with foreign currency
fluctuations. For instance, purchases from suppliers are
generally made in U.S. dollars while sales to distributors
are generally made in local currencies. Accordingly,
strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency
could have a negative impact on us. Although we engage in
transactions to protect against risks associated with foreign
currency fluctuations, we cannot be certain any hedging activity
will effectively reduce our exchange rate exposure. Our
operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by
political, economic and social instability in foreign countries.
As we continue to focus on expanding our existing international
operations, these and other risks associated with international
operations may increase, which could harm our financial
condition and operating results.
Our
expansion in China is subject to general, as well as
industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments in
China, and requires that we utilize a different business model
from that we use elsewhere in the world.
Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and
uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal
developments in China, among other things. The Chinese
government exercises significant control over the Chinese
economy, including but not limited to controlling capital
investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy,
controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange
rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations and providing
preferential treatment to certain industry segments or
companies. Accordingly, any adverse change in the Chinese
economy, the Chinese legal system or Chinese governmental,
economic or other policies could have a material adverse effect
on our business in China.
In August 2005, China published regulations governing direct
selling (effective December 1, 2005) and prohibiting
pyramid promotional schemes (effective November 1,
2005) and a number of administrative methods and
proclamations were issued in proposal form in September 2005.
When final, effective and applicable to us, these regulations
will require us to use a business model different from that
which we offer in other markets. To allow us to operate in
advance of the effectiveness of these new regulations, as well
as to operate once those regulations are implemented, we have
created and introduced a model specifically for China. In China,
we have Company-operated retail stores that sell through
employed sales management personnel to customers and preferred
customers. We provide training and certification procedures for
sales personnel in China. Once the regulations are effective, we
also expect to sell through independent direct sellers. These
features are not common to the business model we employ
elsewhere in the world. The direct selling regulations require
us to apply for approval to conduct a direct selling enterprise
in China. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
obtain that license. Additionally, although certain regulations
have been published, others are pending, and there is
uncertainty regarding the interpretation and enforcement of such
regulations. The regulatory environment in China is evolving,
and officials in the Chinese government often exercise
discretion in deciding how to interpret and apply regulations.
As such, we have worked closely with governmental agencies and
advisors in interpreting both the existing regulations and the
new regulations. However, we cannot be certain that our business
model will be deemed by national or local Chinese regulatory
authorities to be compliant with these or other more general
regulations. In the past, the Chinese government has rigorously
monitored the direct selling market in China, and has taken
serious action against companies that the government believed
were engaging in activities they regarded to be in violation of
applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and
imposing substantial fines. As a result, there can be no
guarantee that the Chinese governments interpretation and
application of the existing and new regulations will not
negatively impact our business in China, result in regulatory
investigations or lead to fines or penalties.
Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese
nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot
guarantee that any of our distributors living outside of China
or any of our independent sales representatives or employed
sales management personnel in China will not engage in
activities that violate our policies in this market and
therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.
31
As we expand operations in China, we anticipate that certain
distributors will switch their focus from their home markets to
that of China. As a result, we may see reduced distributor focus
in Hong Kong, Taiwan and possibly other of our markets as
Chinese nationals that are distributors shift their attention to
China, and a resultant reduction in distributor growth,
leadership and revenue in these other countries.
If our operations in China are successful, we may experience
rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we
will be able to successfully manage rapid expansion of
manufacturing operations and a rapidly growing and dynamic sales
force. There also can be no assurances that we will not
experience difficulties in dealing with or taking employment
related actions (such as hiring, terminations and salary
administration, including social benefit payments) with respect
to our employed sales representatives, particularly given the
highly regulated nature of the employment relationship in China.
If we are unable to effectively manage such growth and expansion
of our retail stores, manufacturing operations or our employees,
our government relations may be compromised and our operations
in China may be harmed.
Our China business model, particularly with regard to sales
management responsibilities and remuneration, differs from our
traditional business model. There is a risk that such changes
and transitions may not be understood by our distributors or
employees, may be viewed negatively by our distributors or
employees, or may not be correctly utilized by our distributors
or employees. If that is the case, our business could be
negatively impacted.
If we
fail to further penetrate existing markets or successfully
expand our business into new markets, then the growth in sales
of our products, along with our operating results, could be
negatively impacted and investors could lose all or part of
their investment in our common shares.
The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on
our ability to continue to grow by entering new markets and
further penetrating existing markets. Our ability to further
penetrate existing markets in which we compete or to
successfully expand our business into additional countries in
Eastern Europe, Southeast Asia, South America or elsewhere,
to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive
geographic expansion opportunities in the future, is subject to
numerous factors, many of which are out of our control.
In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and
international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our
products, which could negatively impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to
increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited
by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to
pursue a direct selling business opportunity. Moreover, our
growth will depend upon improved training and other activities
that enhance distributor retention in our markets. We cannot
assure you that our efforts to increase our market penetration
and distributor retention in existing markets will be
successful. Thus, if we are unable to continue to expand into
new markets or further penetrate existing markets, our operating
results would suffer and the market value of our common shares
could decline.
Our
contractual obligation to sell our products only through our
Herbalife distributor network and to refrain from changing
certain aspects of our marketing plan may limit our
growth.
In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an agreement
with our distributors that provided assurances that the change
in ownership of our Company would not negatively affect certain
aspects of their business. Through this agreement, we have
committed to our distributors that we will not sell Herbalife
products through any distribution channel other than our network
of independent Herbalife distributors. Thus, we are
contractually prohibited from expanding our business by selling
Herbalife products through other distribution channels that may
be available to our competitors, such as over the internet,
through wholesale sales, by establishing retail stores or
through mail order systems. Since this is an ongoing or
open-ended commitment, there can be no assurance that we will be
able to take advantage of innovative new distribution channels
that are developed in the future.
In addition, our agreement with our distributors provides that
we will not change certain aspects of our marketing plan without
the consent of a specified percentage of our distributors. For
example, our agreement with our distributors provides that we
may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages
available to our distributors for the purchase of products or
the applicable royalty override percentages, including roll-ups,
and
32
production and other bonus percentages available to our
distributors at various qualification levels within our
distributor hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or
qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides
and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to
make eligibility
and/or
qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in
effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our
distributors further provides that we may not vary the criteria
for qualification for each distributor tier within our
distributor hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to
make qualification easier.
Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our
marketing plan without the consent of our distributors in the
event that changes are required by applicable law or are
necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for
specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a
reasonable profit on operations, there can be no assurance that
our agreement with our distributors will not restrict our
ability to adapt our marketing plan to the evolving requirements
of the markets in which we operate. As a result, our growth, and
the potential of growth in the value of your investment in our
common shares, may be limited.
We
depend on the integrity and reliability of our information
technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may
result in substantial interruptions to our
business.
Our ability to timely provide products to our distributors and
their customers, and services to our distributors, depends on
the integrity of our information technology system, which we are
in the process of upgrading, including the reliability of
software and services supplied by our vendors. As part of this
upgrade, we have invested approximately $42.3 million as of
December 31, 2005. We intend to invest an additional
$22.2 million through December 31, 2006. We are
implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, a
scalable and stable open architecture platform, to enhance our
and our distributors efficiency and productivity. In
addition, we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and
distributor services platform, MyHerbalife.com. We expect
these initiatives to be substantially complete by 2008.
The most important aspect of our information technology
infrastructure is the system through which we record and track
distributor sales, volume points, royalty overrides, bonuses and
other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the
future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or
inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our
vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies
has had a meaningful negative impact on our business. Any such
errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may
result in substantial interruptions to our services and may
damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our
distributors if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to
track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other
incentives, which would harm our financial condition and
operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to
correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control
over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied
to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.
Since
we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and
supply of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably
supply products to us at required levels of quality, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
All of our products are manufactured by outside companies,
except for a small amount of products manufactured in our own
manufacturing facility in China. We cannot assure you that our
outside manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products
to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require,
especially after the FDA imposes cGMPs regulations.
Our supply contracts generally have a two-year term. Except for
force majeure events, such as natural disasters and other acts
of God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers
generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These
contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the
relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the
past. Globally we have over 40 suppliers of our products. For
our major products, we have both primary and secondary
suppliers. Our major suppliers include Natures Bounty for
protein powders, Fine Foods (Italy) for protein powders and
nutritional supplements, PharmaChem Labs for teas and
Niteworkstm
and JB Labs for fiber. In the event any of our third-party
manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to
provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable
quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain
acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no
assurance that we would
33
be able to obtain alternative manufacturing sources on a timely
basis. An extended interruption in the supply of products would
result in the loss of sales. In addition, any actual or
perceived degradation of product quality as a result of reliance
on third party manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales
or result in increased product returns and buybacks.
If we
fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability
to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon
the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We
own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and
tradename rights used in connection with the packaging,
marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where
those products are sold. Therefore, trademark and tradename
protection is important to our business. Although most of our
trademarks are registered in the United States and in certain
foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful
in asserting trademark or tradename protection. In addition, the
laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our
intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of
the United States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or
tradenames could impair the goodwill associated with our brands
and harm our reputation, which would harm our financial
condition and operating results.
Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited
protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese
law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or
use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other
intellectual property. Further, since Chinese commercial law is
relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in
the event we encounter significant difficulties with
intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we
cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our
product formulations or other intellectual property.
If our
distributors fail to comply with labeling laws, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the
control of our independent distributors, our distributors must
nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the
extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such
as the United States, which considers product advertising to be
labeling for regulatory purposes.
Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements
and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal
regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be
made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for
example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we
train and attempt to monitor our distributors marketing
materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with
bans on therapeutic claims. If our distributors fail to comply
with these restrictions, then we and our distributors could be
subjected to claims, financial penalties, mandatory product
recalls or relabeling requirements, which could harm our
financial condition and operating results. Although we expect
that our responsibility for the actions of our independent
distributors in such an instance would be dependent on a
determination that we either controlled or condoned a
non-compliant advertising practice, there can be no assurance
that we could not be held responsible for the actions of our
independent distributors.
If our
intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a
competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating
our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights
of others, then our financial condition and operating results
would be harmed.
Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our
ability to timely produce innovative products and product
enhancements that motivate our distributors and customers, which
we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and
contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not
patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections
afforded by our common law and contractual proprietary rights in
our products provide only limited protection and may be
time-consuming and expensive to enforce
and/or
maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to
prevent third
34
parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our proprietary
rights or from independently developing non-infringing products
that are competitive with, equivalent to
and/or
superior to our products.
Additionally, third parties may claim that products we have
independently developed infringe upon their intellectual
property rights. For example, in two related lawsuits that are
currently pending in California, Unither Pharma, Inc. and others
are alleging that sales by Herbalife International of
(1) its
Niteworkstm
and Prelox Blue products and (2) its former products
Womans Advantage with DHEA and Optimum Performance
infringe on patents that are licensed to or owned by those
parties, and are seeking unspecified damages, attorneys
fees and injunctive relief from the Company. Although we believe
that we have meritorious defenses to, and are vigorously
defending against, these allegations, there can be no assurance
that one or more of our products will not be found to infringe
upon the intellectual property rights of these parties or others.
Monitoring infringement
and/or
misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and
expensive, and we may not be able to detect any infringement or
misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect
infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights,
litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert
financial and other resources away from our business operations.
Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the
United States.
Since
one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our
retail sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this
product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should
we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Our Formula 1 meal replacement product constitutes a significant
portion of our sales, accounting for approximately 27%, 22%, and
23% of retail sales for the fiscal years ended December 31,
2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. If consumer demand for this
product decreases significantly or we cease offering this
product without a suitable replacement, then our financial
condition and operating results would be harmed.
If we
lose the services of members of our senior management team, then
our financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
We depend on the continued services of our Chief Executive
Officer, Michael O. Johnson, and our current senior management
team and the relationships that they have developed with our
senior distributor leadership, especially in light of the high
level of turnover in our former senior management team, and the
resulting need to re-establish good working relationships with
our senior distributor leadership, after the death of our
founder in May of 2000. Although we have entered into employment
agreements with many members of our senior management team, and
do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire
in the near term, we cannot assure you that our senior managers
will remain with us. The loss or departure of any member of our
senior management team could negatively impact our distributor
relations and operating results. If any of these executives do
not remain with us, our business could suffer. The loss of such
key personnel could negatively impact our ability to implement
our business strategy, and our continued success will also be
dependent upon our ability to retain existing, and attract
additional, qualified personnel to meet our needs. We currently
do not maintain key person life insurance with
respect to our senior management team.
The
covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with
respect to certain business matters, which could limit our
ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm
our financial condition and operating results.
Our
91/2% Notes
and senior credit facility contain numerous financial and
operating covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries
ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make
other restricted payments and investments;
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue preferred shares;
|
|
|
|
allow the imposition of dividend or other distribution
restrictions on our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
create liens on our and our subsidiaries assets;
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
guarantee other indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our
assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.
|
In addition, our senior credit facility requires us to meet
certain financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability
to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond
our control, including prevailing economic, financial and
industry conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants
could result in a default causing all amounts to become due and
payable under our outstanding notes
and/or the
senior credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of
our assets, which the lenders thereunder could proceed to
foreclose against.
If we
do not comply with transfer pricing and similar tax regulations,
then we may be subjected to additional taxes, interest and
penalties in material amounts, which could harm our financial
condition and operating results.
As a multinational corporation, in many countries including the
United States, we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax
regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany
transactions are consummated at prices that have not been
manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate
levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or
local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such
transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to
regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of
customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.
We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are
at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and
use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in
material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes,
interest and penalties have been assessed and we will be
required to pay the assessments or litigate to reverse the
assessments. We have reserved in the consolidated financial
statements an amount that we believe represents the most likely
outcome of the resolution of these disputes, but if we are
incorrect in our assessment we may have to pay the full amount
asserted. Ultimate resolution of these matters may take several
years, and the outcome is uncertain. If the United States
Internal Revenue Service or the taxing authorities of any other
jurisdiction were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing
practices, we could become subject to higher taxes and our
earnings would be adversely affected.
We may
be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to
the activities of our distributors, which could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances,
legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us
to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain
appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in
some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and
similar taxes with respect to our distributors. In the event
that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local
laws and regulations change to require us to treat our
independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors
are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the
jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather
than independent contractors under existing laws and
interpretations, we may be held responsible for social security
and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related
assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial
condition and operating results.
We may
incur material product liability claims, which could increase
our costs and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other
ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements
and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the
United States. Our products could contain contaminated
substances, and some of our products contain innovative
ingredients that do not have long histories of human
consumption. We generally do not conduct or sponsor clinical
studies for our products and previously unknown adverse
reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients
could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional
supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers or
applied to their bodies, we have been, and may again be,
subjected to various product liability claims, including that
the products contain contaminants, the products include
inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products
include
36
inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions
with other substances. It is possible that widespread product
liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect
our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims
arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs
through higher insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make
it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the
future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to
cover future product liability claims, thereby requiring us to
pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our
business. Finally, given the higher level of self-insured
retentions that we have accepted under our current product
liability insurance policies, which are as high as approximately
$10 million, in certain cases we may be subject to the full
amount of liability associated with any injuries, which could be
substantial.
Several years ago, a number of states restricted the sale of
dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine
alkaloids and on February 6, 2004, the FDA banned the
use of such ephedrine alkaloids. Until late 2002, we had sold
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets,
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids.
Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related
to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those
products. Currently, we have been named as a defendant in
product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of
certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged
medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. Although we believe
that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained
in these lawsuits, and are vigorously defending these claims,
there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our defense of
any or all of these matters.
A few
of our shareholders will collectively exert significant
influence over us and have the power to cause the approval or
rejection of all shareholder actions and may take actions that
conflict with your interests.
As of February 1, 2006, affiliates of Whitney and Golden
Gate Capital own approximately 41.5% of the voting power of our
share capital. Accordingly, the Equity Sponsors collectively
will have the power to exert significant influence over us and
the approval or rejection of any matter on which the
shareholders may vote, including the election of directors,
amendment of our memorandum and articles of association and
approval of significant corporate transactions and they will
have significant control over our management and policies. This
influence over corporate actions may also delay, deter or
prevent transactions that would result in a change of control.
Moreover, the Equity Sponsors may have interests that conflict
with yours.
We are
subject to, among other things, the attestation requirements
regarding the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting. These requirements have increased our compliance
costs, and failure to comply in a timely manner could adversely
affect the value of our securities.
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and
financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the
Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and
the NYSE. In particular, we are required to include management
and auditor reports on the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting as part of our annual report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2005, pursuant to
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to
continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on
compliance with these rules. Our failure to correct any noted
weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting could
result in the disclosure of material weaknesses which could have
a material adverse effect upon the market value of our stock.
Holders
of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their
interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands
law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated
memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law
(2004 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The
rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of
our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly
established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence
in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders
may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the
face of actions by our management, directors or controlling
shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation
incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the
comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in
this area.
37
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal
rights on a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make
it more difficult for shareholders to assess the value of any
consideration they may receive in a merger or consolidation or
to require that the offer give shareholders additional
consideration if they believe the consideration offered is
insufficient.
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as
ourselves have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to
inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of
lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under
our articles of association to determine whether or not, and
under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by
our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to
our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to
obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary
for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other
shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a
minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against
the board of directors. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands
counsel, has informed us that they are not aware of any reported
class action or derivative action having been brought in a
Cayman Islands court.
Provisions
of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law
may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders
to change the direction or management of the Company, which
could adversely affect the value of our common shares and
provide shareholders with less input into the management of the
Company than they might otherwise have.
Our articles of association permit our board of directors to
issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and
preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors
could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and
conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of
discouraging a takeover or other transaction.
In addition, our articles of association contain certain other
provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover
or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult
for shareholders to change the direction or management of our
Company, including a classified board, the inability of
shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the
ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders
and advance notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may
have less input into the management of our Company than they
might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in
our articles of association.
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not provide for mergers as that expression is
understood under corporate law in the United States. However,
Cayman Islands law does have statutory provisions that provide
for the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, which are
commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as schemes of
arrangement. The procedural and legal requirements
necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and
take longer to complete than the procedures typically required
to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman
Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to
a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a
shareholders meeting by each class of shareholders, in
each case, by a majority of the number of holders of each class
of a companys shares that are present and voting (either
in person or by proxy) at such a meeting, which holders must
also represent 75% in value of such class issued that are
present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such
meeting (excluding the shares owned by the parties to the scheme
of arrangement).
The convening of these meetings and the terms of the
amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the
Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the
consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme
of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that
the creditors have consented to the transfer of their
liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of
arrangement does not otherwise have a material adverse effect on
the creditors interests. Furthermore, the Grand Court will
only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:
|
|
|
|
|
the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied
with;
|
|
|
|
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
question;
|
|
|
|
the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would
reasonably approve; and
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
the scheme of arrangement is not one that would more properly be
sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.
|
There
is uncertainty as to shareholders ability to enforce
certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman
Islands.
We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited
liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material
portion of our assets are located outside of the United States.
As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce
judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal
securities laws of the United States or any state of the United
States.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and
Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the
Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the
courts of the Cayman Islands will based on the
principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes
upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which
judgment has been given recognize and enforce a
foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such
judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes
or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands
judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in
a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is
contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is
doubt, however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman
Islands will (a) recognize or enforce judgments of
U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions
of the federal securities laws of the United States or any
state of the United States, or (b) in original actions
brought in the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated
upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities
laws of the United States or any state of the United States, on
the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature.
The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if
concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
We lease all of our physical properties located in the United
States. Our executive offices, located in Century City,
California, include approximately 121,000 square feet of
general office space leased under arrangements expiring in
August 2007. We lease an aggregate of approximately
144,000 square feet of office space, computer facilities
and conference rooms in Inglewood, California, leased under an
arrangement expiring in October 2006. In December 2005, we
signed an agreement to lease 186,000 square feet of office
space in Torrance, California. This lease agreement has terms
through January 2016 and will replace our Inglewood facility.
Additionally, we lease facilities located in Los Angeles and
Memphis. The Los Angeles and Memphis lease agreements have terms
through June 2006 and August 2006, respectively. In Venray,
Netherlands, we lease our European centralized warehouse of
approximately 150,000 square feet under an arrangement
expiring in June 2007. We also lease warehouse, manufacturing
plant and office space in a majority of our other geographic
areas of operation. We believe that our existing facilities are
adequate to meet our current requirements and that comparable
space is readily available at each of these locations.
|
|
Item 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
39
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
International, Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that
certain telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife
International distributors violate the Telephone Consumer
Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
International vicariously liable for the practices of its
distributors. More specifically, the plaintiffs complaint
alleges that several of Herbalife Internationals
distributors used pre-recorded telephone messages and
autodialers to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
Internationals distributors are independent contractors
and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
violated Herbalifes policies which require its
distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
defenses to the suit.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
liability insurance with an annual deductible of
$10 million.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
that additional taxes are owing, and we are vigorously
contesting the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
|
|
Item 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the
Companys 2005 annual meeting, held on November 2,
2005, 62,303,630 shares were present either in person or by
proxy.
At this meeting, the shareholders voted as set forth below on
the following matters:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Broker
|
|
Proposition
|
|
For
|
|
|
Against
|
|
|
Abstain
|
|
|
Withheld
|
|
|
Non-Votes
|
|
|
1. To elect three directors,
each for a term of three years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter M. Castleman
|
|
|
55,801,634
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
6,501,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
55,825,590
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
6,478,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Tartol
|
|
|
55,806,464
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
6,497,136
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
2. To approve the
Companys 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
48,675,410
|
|
|
|
8,472,678
|
|
|
|
4,506
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
5,151,036
|
|
3. To approve the
Companys Executive Incentive Plan
|
|
|
55,863,838
|
|
|
|
1,282,278
|
|
|
|
6,480
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
5,151,034
|
|
4. To ratify the appointment
of the Companys independent registered public accountants
for fiscal year 2005
|
|
|
61,863,460
|
|
|
|
432,172
|
|
|
|
7,998
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Information
with Respect to our Common Shares
Our common shares have been listed on the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) since December 16, 2004, and
trade under the symbol HLF. The following table sets
forth the range of the high and low sales prices for our common
shares in each of the relevant fiscal quarters presented, based
upon quotations on the NYSE consolidated transaction reporting
system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2004
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
June 30, 2004
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
September 30, 2004
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
16.85
|
|
|
$
|
14.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
16.70
|
|
|
$
|
15.10
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
$
|
21.86
|
|
|
$
|
14.52
|
|
September 30, 2005
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
$
|
21.00
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
33.75
|
|
|
$
|
25.25
|
|
The market price of our common shares is subject to fluctuations
in response to variations in our quarterly operating results,
general trends in the market for our products and product
candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign
markets in which we operate and other factors, many of which are
not within our control. In addition, broad market fluctuations,
as well as general economic, business and political conditions
may adversely affect the market for our common shares,
regardless of our actual or projected performance.
The closing price of our common shares on February 22,
2006, was $30.45. The approximate number of holders of record of
our common shares as of February 22, 2006 was 1,249. This
number of holders of record does not represent the actual number
of beneficial owners of our common shares because shares are
frequently held in street name by securities dealers
and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the
right to vote their shares.
Information
with Respect to Dividends
In December 2004, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
initial public offering of our common shares to pay a special
dividend of $2.64 per common share, or $139.7 million,
to our shareholders of record on December 14, 2004. In
addition, we paid a cash dividend of $0.12 per common
share; or $6.3 million, to shareholders on record as of
December 13, 2004.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors,
including our net earnings, financial condition, restrictions
imposed by our credit agreement, cash requirements, future
prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of
directors. Our credit agreement permits payments of dividends as
long as no default exist and the amount does not exceed
$20.0 million per fiscal year, provided that the amount of
dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
for the prior fiscal year, if the Leverage Ratio as defined in
the credit agreement for the four fiscal quarters of such fiscal
year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
Information
with Respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2005, the
information with respect to (a) number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and
rights, (b) weighted average exercise price of
41
outstanding options, warrants and rights and (c) number of
securities remaining available for future issuance under equity
compensation plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities
|
|
|
|
Number of securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available for
|
|
|
|
to be issued
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
Future issuance under
|
|
|
|
upon exercise of
|
|
|
exercise price of
|
|
|
equity compensation plans
|
|
|
|
outstanding options,
|
|
|
outstanding options,
|
|
|
(excluding securities
|
|
|
|
warrants and rights
|
|
|
warrants and rights
|
|
|
in column (a)
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders
|
|
|
10,197,233
|
|
|
$
|
12.30
|
|
|
|
6,010,274
|
|
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,197,233
|
|
|
$
|
12.30
|
|
|
|
6,010,274
|
|
42
|
|
Item 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth certain of our historical
financial data. We have derived the selected historical
consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2001, the
seven month period ended July 31, 2002, the five month
period ended December 31, 2002 and the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, from our audited
financial statements and the related notes. Not all periods
shown below are include in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth
below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future
operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion
under the heading Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and the historical consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this document. All
common share and earnings per share data for the Company gives
effect to a 1:2 reverse stock split, which took effect
December 1, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
January 1 to
|
|
|
August 1 to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share
data)
|
|
|
Income Statement
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,020,130
|
|
|
$
|
644,188
|
|
|
$
|
449,524
|
|
|
$
|
1,159,433
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
241,522
|
|
|
|
140,553
|
|
|
|
95,001
|
|
|
|
235,785
|
|
|
|
269,913
|
|
|
|
315,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
778,608
|
|
|
|
503,635
|
|
|
|
354,523
|
|
|
|
923,648
|
|
|
|
1,039,750
|
|
|
|
1,251,004
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
355,225
|
|
|
|
227,233
|
|
|
|
159,915
|
|
|
|
415,351
|
|
|
|
464,892
|
|
|
|
555,665
|
|
Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses(1)
|
|
|
354,608
|
|
|
|
207,390
|
|
|
|
135,536
|
|
|
|
401,261
|
|
|
|
436,139
|
|
|
|
476,268
|
|
Acquisition transaction expenses(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,708
|
|
|
|
6,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income(1)
|
|
|
68,775
|
|
|
|
14,304
|
|
|
|
52,889
|
|
|
|
107,036
|
|
|
|
138,719
|
|
|
|
219,071
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
3,413
|
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
(23,898
|
)
|
|
|
(41,468
|
)
|
|
|
(123,305
|
)
|
|
|
(43,924
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and
minority interest
|
|
|
72,188
|
|
|
|
15,668
|
|
|
|
28,991
|
|
|
|
65,568
|
|
|
|
15,414
|
|
|
|
175,147
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
28,875
|
|
|
|
6,267
|
|
|
|
14,986
|
|
|
|
28,721
|
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
82,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority
interest
|
|
|
43,313
|
|
|
|
9,401
|
|
|
|
14,005
|
|
|
|
36,847
|
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
42,588
|
|
|
$
|
9,212
|
|
|
$
|
14,005
|
|
|
$
|
36,847
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.40
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
30,422
|
|
|
|
32,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
31,250
|
|
|
|
33,800
|
|
|
|
51,021
|
|
|
|
53,446
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,728
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail sales(3)
|
|
$
|
1,656,168
|
|
|
$
|
1,047,690
|
|
|
$
|
731,505
|
|
|
$
|
1,894,384
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
95,465
|
|
|
|
37,901
|
|
|
|
28,039
|
|
|
|
94,350
|
|
|
|
80,110
|
|
|
|
143,352
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(16,366
|
)
|
|
|
18,995
|
|
|
|
(456,046
|
)
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(32,526
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(3,456
|
)
|
|
|
(35,292
|
)
|
|
|
491,519
|
|
|
|
(18,831
|
)
|
|
|
(23,160
|
)
|
|
|
(225,890
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
18,056
|
|
|
|
11,722
|
|
|
|
11,424
|
|
|
|
55,605
|
|
|
|
43,896
|
|
|
|
35,436
|
|
Capital expenditures(4)
|
|
|
14,751
|
|
|
|
6,799
|
|
|
|
3,599
|
|
|
|
20,435
|
|
|
|
30,279
|
|
|
|
32,604
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
As of
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share
data)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(5)
|
|
$
|
201,181
|
|
|
$
|
76,024
|
|
|
$
|
156,380
|
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
27,609
|
|
|
|
29,026
|
|
|
|
31,977
|
|
|
|
29,546
|
|
|
|
37,266
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
72,208
|
|
|
|
56,868
|
|
|
|
59,397
|
|
|
|
71,092
|
|
|
|
109,785
|
|
Total working capital
|
|
|
177,813
|
|
|
|
7,186
|
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
|
|
(1,556
|
)
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
470,335
|
|
|
|
855,705
|
|
|
|
903,964
|
|
|
|
948,701
|
|
|
|
837,801
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
10,612
|
|
|
|
340,759
|
|
|
|
325,294
|
|
|
|
486,217
|
|
|
|
263,092
|
|
Shareholders equity(6)
|
|
|
260,916
|
|
|
|
191,274
|
|
|
|
237,788
|
|
|
|
64,342
|
|
|
|
168,888
|
|
Cash Dividends per common share
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The year ended December 31, 2003 includes $5.1 million
in legal and related costs associated with litigation resulting
from the Acquisition. |
|
(2) |
|
The seven months ended July 31, 2002 and the five months
ended December 31, 2002, include fees and expenses related
to the Acquisition. |
|
(3) |
|
In previous years, we reported retail sales on the face of our
income statement in addition to the required disclosure of net
sales. Retail sales represent the gross sales amount reflected
on our invoices to our distributors. We do not receive the
retail sales amount. Product sales represent the
actual product purchase price paid to us by our distributors,
after giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
distributor allowances, which total approximately
50% of suggested retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as
a percentage of sales may vary by country depending upon
regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise restrict
distributor allowances. Net sales represents product
sales and handling and freight income. |
Retail sales data is referred to in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. Our use of retail sales reflect the
fundamental role of retail sales in our accounting
systems, internal controls and operations, including the basis
upon which the distributors are being paid. In addition,
information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our
management relies on retail sales data.
The following represents the reconciliation of retail sales to
net sales for each of the periods set forth above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
January 1 to
|
|
|
August 1 to
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Retail sales
|
|
$
|
1,656,168
|
|
|
$
|
1,047,690
|
|
|
$
|
731,505
|
|
|
$
|
1,894,384
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
Distributor allowance
|
|
|
(774,513
|
)
|
|
|
(492,997
|
)
|
|
|
(345,145
|
)
|
|
|
(899,264
|
)
|
|
|
(1,021,196
|
)
|
|
|
(1,225,441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
881,655
|
|
|
|
554,693
|
|
|
|
386,360
|
|
|
|
995,120
|
|
|
|
1,125,045
|
|
|
|
1,350,275
|
|
Handling and freight income
|
|
|
138,475
|
|
|
|
89,495
|
|
|
|
63,164
|
|
|
|
164,313
|
|
|
|
184,618
|
|
|
|
216,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,020,130
|
|
|
$
|
644,188
|
|
|
$
|
449,524
|
|
|
$
|
1,159,433
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes acquisition of property from capitalized leases of
$3.8 million, $2.1 million, $1.4 million,
$6.8 million, $7.2 million and $1.1 million for
2001, the seven months ended July 31, 2002, the five months
ended December 31, 2002, the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes restricted cash of $10.6 million and
$5.7 million as of December 31, 2002 and
December 31, 2003, respectively, and $1.3 million of
marketable securities at December 31, 2002. |
|
(6) |
|
In December 2004 we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
initial public offering of our common shares to pay a $2.64
dollar amount per common share or $139.7 million special
cash dividend to our shareholders of |
44
|
|
|
|
|
record on December 14, 2004. In addition, we paid a
$0.12 per common share or $6.3 million cash dividend
to shareholders on record on December 13, 2004. In March
2004 in conjunction with the conversion of our 12% preferred
shares into common shares we paid a total of $221.6 million
to the preferred shareholders including, $38.5 million,
representing accrued and unpaid dividends. |
|
|
Item 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data and our
consolidated financial statements and related notes, each
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
We pursue our mission of changing peoples
lives by providing a financially rewarding business
opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
and customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of the
largest network marketing companies in the world with net sales
of approximately $1.6 billion for the year ended
December 31, 2005. We sell our products in 60 countries
through a network of over one million independent distributors.
We believe the quality of our products and the effectiveness of
our distribution network, coupled with geographic expansion,
have been the primary reasons for our success throughout our
26-year
operating history.
We offer products in three principal categories: weight
management products, nutritional supplements which we refer to
as inner nutrition and personal care products which
we refer to as Outer
Nutrition®.
Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
a series of related products designed to simplify weight
management and nutrition for our consumers and maximize our
distributors cross-selling opportunities.
Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include
the increasing prevalence of obesity and the aging of the
worldwide population, which are driving demand for nutrition and
wellness-related products and the recruitment and retention of
distributors.
The opportunities and challenges upon which we are most focused
are driving retailing of our product, recruitment and retention
of distributors and improving distributor productivity, entering
new markets, including China, further penetrating existing
markets, pursuing local distributor initiatives, introducing new
products, developing niche market segments and further investing
in our infrastructure.
A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a
Royalty Basis (hereafter, Volume Points), which is
essentially our weighted unit measure of product sales volume.
It is a useful measure for us, as it excludes the impact of
foreign currency fluctuations and ignores the differences
generated by varying retail pricing across geographic markets.
In general, an increase in Volume Points in a particular region
or country directionally indicates an increase in local currency
net sales.
Volume
Points by Geographic Region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(Volume points in
millions)
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
|
688.1
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
761.7
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
%
|
|
|
1,071.2
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
525.0
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
574.5
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
572.9
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
229.4
|
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
269.2
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
305.3
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
102.5
|
|
|
|
(17.8
|
)
|
|
|
72.8
|
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)
|
|
|
70.6
|
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
1,545.0
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
1,678.2
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
|
|
2,020.0
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Another key non-financial measure on which we focus is the
number of distributors qualified as supervisors under our
compensation system. Distributors qualify for supervisor status
based on their Volume Points.
45
The growth in the number of supervisors is a general indicator
of the level of distributor recruitment, which generally drives
net sales in a particular country or region. Our compensation
system requires each supervisor to re-qualify for such status
each year, prior to February. There is significant variation in
the number of supervisors from the fourth quarter to the first
quarter of any given year due to the timing of the
re-qualification process. This fluctuation is normal and
consistent, does not reflect a dramatic underlying change in the
business in comparing these two sequential quarters, and will
become more meaningful period to period throughout the year.
The following tables show trends in the number of supervisors
over the reporting period by region, and fluctuations within
each notable country are discussed in the appropriate net sales
section below where pertinent. In February of each year, we
delete from the rank of supervisor those supervisors who did not
satisfy the supervisor qualification requirements during the
preceding twelve months. Distributors who meet the supervisor
requirements at any time during the year are promoted to
supervisor status at that time, including any supervisors who
were deleted, but who subsequently requalified.
Number of
Supervisors by Geographic Region as of Reporting
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
|
110,165
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
124,605
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
160,878
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
84,665
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
102,203
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
95,628
|
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
55,564
|
|
|
|
(14.7
|
)
|
|
|
55,460
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
64,286
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
24,485
|
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)
|
|
|
16,860
|
|
|
|
(31.1
|
)
|
|
|
13,566
|
|
|
|
(19.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
274,879
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)%
|
|
|
299,128
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
334,358
|
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Supervisors by Geographic Region as of Requalification
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004*
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
|
67,921
|
|
|
|
75,359
|
|
|
|
87,925
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
51,290
|
|
|
|
70,239
|
|
|
|
65,104
|
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
35,637
|
|
|
|
31,790
|
|
|
|
38,524
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
18,287
|
|
|
|
13,946
|
|
|
|
9,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
173,135
|
|
|
|
191,334
|
|
|
|
201,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
In 2004 certain modifications were made to the requalification
criteria resulting in approximately 19,000 additional
supervisors, including approximately 9,000 relating to a change
in the business model in Russia. |
Supervisors must requalify annually. The requalification period
covers the twelve months starting in February and ending the
following January. The number of supervisors by geographic
region as of the reporting dates will normally be higher than
the number of supervisors by geographic region as of the
requalification period because supervisors who do not requalify
during the relevant twelve-month period will be dropped from the
rank of supervisor in February. Since supervisors purchase most
of our products for resale to other distributors and consumers,
comparisons of supervisor totals on a
year-to-year,
same period basis are good indicators of our recruitment and
retention efforts in different geographic regions.
The value of the average monthly purchase of Herbalife products
by our supervisors has remained relatively constant over time.
Consequently, increases in our sales are driven primarily by our
retention of supervisors and by our recruitment and retention of
distributors, rather than through increases in the productivity
of our overall supervisor base.
In 2004, we made a modification to the supervisor
requalification criteria as a limited test. This modification
allowed distributors who otherwise would have failed to
requalify as supervisors to continue to purchase products from
the Company and to receive the benefit of product discounts,
while forfeiting their down-line royalties. We
46
believe this test was successful because we retained
approximately 10,000 distributors, and generated approximately
12 million additional Volume Points on an annualized basis,
which would represent approximately $9.4 million in net
sales, $5.2 million in operating margin and an immaterial
impact to Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.
As a result of the test, the Company modified the supervisor
requalification criteria for all distributors in 2005.
We provide distributors with products, support material,
training, special events and a competitive compensation program.
If a distributor wants to pursue the Herbalife business
opportunity, the distributor is responsible for growing his or
her business and personally pays for the sales activities
related to attracting new customers and recruiting distributors
by hosting events such as Herbalife Opportunity Meetings or
Success Training Seminars; by advertising Herbalifes
products; by purchasing and using promotional materials such as
t-shirts, buttons and caps; by utilizing and paying for direct
mail and print material such as brochures, flyers, catalogs,
business cards, posters and banners and telephone book listings;
by purchasing inventory for sale or use as samples; and by
training, mentoring and following up (in person or via the phone
or internet) with customers and recruits on how to use Herbalife
products
and/or
pursue the Herbalife business opportunity.
Presentation
Retail Sales represent the gross sales amounts on
our invoices to distributors before distributor allowances (as
defined below), and net sales, which reflects
distribution allowances and handling and freight income, is what
the Company collects and recognizes as net sales in its
financial statements. We discuss Retail Sales because of its
fundamental role in our compensation systems, internal controls
and operations, including its role as the basis upon which
distributor discounts, royalties and bonuses are awarded. In
addition, information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by
our management relies on Retail Sales data. However, such a
measure is not in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles in the U.S. (GAAP). You should not
consider Retail Sales in isolation from, nor as a substitute
for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash flow
statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure
of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of net sales to
Retail Sales is presented below under Results of
Operations. Product sales represent the actual
product purchase price paid to us by our distributors, after
giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
distributor allowances, which approximate 50% of
retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as a percentage of
sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory restrictions
that limit or otherwise restrict distributor allowances.
Our gross profit consists of net sales less
cost of sales, which represents the prices we pay to
our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as
well as costs related to product shipments, duties and tariffs,
freight expenses relating to shipment of products to
distributors and importers and similar expenses.
Royalty Overrides are our most significant expense
and consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
royalty overrides, or commissions, and bonuses, which total
approximately 15% and 7%, respectively, of the Retail Sales of
weight management, inner nutrition, Outer
Nutrition®
and promotional products;
|
|
|
|
the Mark Hughes Bonus payable to some of our most senior
distributors in the aggregate amount of up to 1% of Retail Sales
of weight management, inner nutrition, Outer
Nutrition®
and promotional products; and
|
|
|
|
other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying
distributors.
|
Royalty Overrides are generally earned based on Retail Sales,
and approximate in the aggregate about 22% of Retail Sales or
approximately 35% of our net sales. Royalty Overrides together
with distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
distributors of up to approximately 73% of Retail Sales. The
compensation to distributors is generally for the development,
retention and improved productivity of their distributor sales
organizations and is paid to several levels of distributors on
each sale. Because of local country regulatory constraints, we
may be required to modify our typical distributor incentive
plans as described above. Consequently, the total distributor
discount percentage may vary over time. We also offer reduced
distributor allowances and pay reduced royalty overrides with
respect to certain products worldwide.
Non-U.S. royalty
checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
worldwide, whereas previously this period varied by country,
ranging from 12 months to 30 years. In order to
achieve consistency among all countries, the Company adjusted
the period over
47
which such amounts would be taken into income to three years on
a Company-wide basis, beginning with the third quarter of 2004.
Our operating margins consist of net sales less cost
of sales and royalty overrides.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
represent our operating expenses, components of which include
labor and benefits, sales events, professional fees, travel and
entertainment, distributor marketing, occupancy costs,
communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and amortization,
foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous
operating expenses.
113/4% Notes
refers to Herbalife Internationals
113/4% senior
subordinated notes due 2010.
91/2% Notes
refers to our
91/2% notes
due 2011.
Most of our sales to distributors outside the United States are
made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our
financial statements, we translate revenues into
U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally,
the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are
made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
impact on our reported sales and operating margins and can
generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions.
Throughout the last five years, foreign currency exchange rates
have fluctuated significantly. From time to time, we enter into
foreign exchange forward contracts and option contracts to
mitigate our foreign currency exchange risk.
Summary
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net sales increased
by 19.6% as compared to 2004, driven by increases in all regions
except for a decrease in Japan. The combination of continued
strong recruitment and retention of distributors and retailing
of our products in our key markets, various promotions leading
up to the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza in Atlanta in April
2005 and the Worldwide Cup promotions during 2005, generally
favorable foreign currency exchange rates, the launch of new
products such as Liftoff
tm
and
Nourifusiontm
coupled with the ongoing roll out of
ShapeWorkstm
and
NiteWorkstm
to more countries along with the globalization of distributor
best practices such as Nutrition Clubs and the Total Plan
contributed to the sales increase. The sales growth in the U.S.
and South Korea was an encouraging result of our effort and
commitment to turn around these countries, through the
establishment of new country management, re-invigoration of our
product portfolio, and re-engagement of the distributor
leadership in these regions. Continued strong sales growth in
Mexico was primarily attributable to the growth in Nutrition
Clubs, a party planning concept.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income was
$93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, compared to
the prior-year net loss of $14.3 million or loss of
$0.27 per diluted share. Net income as reported includes
the effect of recapitalization transaction expenses of
$14.2 million and $71.5 million (approximately
$60.5 million net of tax) in 2005 and 2004, respectively, a
non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated with moving
our China subsidiary within the global corporate structure in
the second quarter of 2005, and the favorable after-tax impact
of $2.5 million relating to a change in the allowance for
uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from distributors in
the third quarter of 2005, partially offset by the
$1.5 million favorable after-tax impact of aged royalties
in the third quarter of 2004. The improvement in net income was
a result of a 19.6% increase in net sales, the continued
favorable impact from appreciation of foreign currencies, lower
interest and income tax expense, partially offset by
expenditures we are undertaking in business initiatives
resulting in higher operating expenses primarily from increased
labor, benefits, incentive compensation and event and promotion
expenses. Overall, the appreciation of foreign currencies had a
$10.8 million favorable impact on net income for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
48
Results
of Operations
Our results of operations for the periods described below are
not necessarily indicative of results of operations for future
periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our
ability to recruit new distributors and retain existing
distributors, open new markets and further penetrate existing
markets, and introduce new products and programs that will help
our distributors increase their retail efforts, and develop
niche market segments.
The following table sets forth selected results of our
operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the
periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
20.6
|
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
79.7
|
|
|
|
79.4
|
|
|
|
79.9
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
Selling, General &
Administrative expenses
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended
December 31, 2004
Net
Sales
The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to net sales:
Sales by
Geographic Region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
$
|
762.6
|
|
|
$
|
(364.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
398.2
|
|
|
$
|
70.0
|
|
|
$
|
468.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,123.2
|
|
|
$
|
(539.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
583.6
|
|
|
$
|
98.1
|
|
|
$
|
681.7
|
|
|
|
45.6
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
875.5
|
|
|
|
(418.0
|
)
|
|
|
457.5
|
|
|
|
78.7
|
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
890.4
|
|
|
|
(424.1
|
)
|
|
|
466.3
|
|
|
|
79.0
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
338.7
|
|
|
|
(156.3
|
)
|
|
|
182.4
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
|
|
399.7
|
|
|
|
(182.7
|
)
|
|
|
217.0
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
|
|
245.1
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
%
|
Japan
|
|
|
169.4
|
|
|
|
(82.5
|
)
|
|
|
86.9
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
98.8
|
|
|
|
162.4
|
|
|
|
(79.0
|
)
|
|
|
83.4
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting
and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our
products, the quality and completeness of the product offerings
that the distributor force has to sell and the number of
countries in which we operate. Managements role, both
in-country and at the corporate level is to provide distributors
with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong
teamwork and leadership among the Chairmans Club and
Presidents Team distributors and offer leading edge
business tools to make doing business with Herbalife simple.
Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with
educational and motivational tools to incent distributors to
drive recruiting, retention and retailing, which in turn affect
net sales. Such tools include corporate sales
events Extravaganzas and World Team
Schools where large groups of distributors
gather, thus allowing them to network with other distributors,
learn recruiting, retention and retailing
49
techniques from our leading distributors, and become more
familiar with how to market and sell our products and business
opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that these
development and motivation programs can increase the
productivity of the supervisor network. The expenses for such
programs are included in Selling General &
Administrative Expenses. Sales are driven by several factors,
including the number and productivity of distributors and
supervisors who continually build, educate and motivate their
respective distribution and sales organizations. We also use
event and non-event product promotions to motivate distributors
to increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities.
These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events
to vacations. The costs of these promotions are included in
Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.
The factors described above have driven growth in our business.
The following net sales by geographic region discussion further
details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
factors specific to certain major countries. The Company
believes that the correct business foundation, coupled with
ongoing training and promotional initiatives is required to
increase recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing
of the Companys products. The correct business foundation
includes strong country management that works closely with the
distributor leadership, unified distributor leadership, a broad
product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a favorable
regulatory environment, a scalable and stable technology
platform and an attractive distributor marketing plan.
Initiatives such as Success Training Seminars, World Team
Schools, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are
integral components of developing a highly motivated and
educated distributor sales organization that will work toward
increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.
The Companys strategy will continue to include creating
and maintaining growth within existing markets. We expect to
increase our spending in Selling, General &
Administrative Expenses to maintain or stimulate sales growth,
while making strategic investments in new initiatives. In
addition, new ideas are being generated in our regional markets,
either by distributors, country management or corporate
management. Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico, the
Total Plan in Brazil and GenerationH (GenH) in the
U.S., as described in the net sales discussion below.
Managements strategy is to review the applicability of
expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region
and/or
globally and where appropriate, and financially support the
globalization of these initiatives.
The
Americas
Net sales in The Americas increased $213.5 million, or
45.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to
2004. In local currency, net sales increased by 39.2% for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a positive impact of
$30.0 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in Mexico, Brazil and U.S. of
$116.5 million, $43.2 million and $31.8 million,
or 113.8%, 63.1%, and 12.6%, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2005. These countries continue to benefit from
strong country and distributor leadership that focuses on
recruiting and retention of the distributor force that retails
our product, and a product line and business opportunity that is
attractive to the demographics in those countries.
The continued net sales growth in Mexico is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 77.3% at December 31,
2005 compared to December 31, 2004, which reflects the
renewed emphasis on distributor and customer retention programs
such as the Nutrition Clubs, which are new and innovative means
by which distributors are retailing our products to new
customers, some of whom may eventually become distributors of
our products. The costs to set up a Nutrition Club are generally
nominal, and are borne solely by the distributor. Our
distributors are operating over 27,000 Nutrition Clubs
world-wide, approximately 25,000 are open in Mexico.
The continued net sales growth in Brazil is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 33.3% at December 31,
2005 compared to December 31, 2004, and is a result of the
expansion of the Total Plan, strong distributor leadership, a
highly effective country management team and a good product
portfolio. The Total Plan is a low cost lead generating method
where distributors use our personal care line of products and
offer consultations to obtain referrals. This concept
specifically supports our retailing and recruiting initiatives
and has been a catalyst for growth in Brazil. In December 2005,
Brazil held its
10th Anniversary
Event, with over 10,000 distributors in attendance. At this
event, new products (Firm Cell, Radiant C Scrub, Cleanser and
Body Lotion) were launched that further support the Total Plan,
reinforcing our objective to increase the recruitment, retailing
and retention by
50
distributors, and a demonstration of our online distributor
tool, BizWorks, was provided to highlight the benefits of real
time organizational volume reports as a means to improve
efficiency for distributors. The positive momentum from the
event should help continue the sales growth trend into 2006.
Net sales growth in the U.S. is evidenced by the increased
number of supervisors, up 4.7% at December 31, 2005
compared to December 31, 2004, with a volume point increase
of 14.5% compared to prior year. As a result of the numerous
steps taken in 2004 and 2005 to improve the business in the
U.S., including the establishment of a dedicated
U.S. country management team; branding efforts such as
sponsorship of the JP Morgan Chase tennis tournament, the AVP
Volleyball Tour and the Nautica Malibu Triathlon; and various
promotions such as the 2005 Presidents Team Challenge, the
World Team Bonus, the Atlanta Challenge in connection with the
25th Anniversary Extravaganza and the Worldwide Cup
promotion, net sales have exceeded the annual results for 2004.
At the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza two new products were
introduced,
Liftofftm
and
NouriFusiontm.
Liftofftm
represents the Companys entry into the energy drink market
and is intended to support our GenH program to attract a younger
demographic segment into the distributor organization.
NouriFusiontm
supports the Total Plan method of operation and was a strategic
launch to improve diversity in the product portfolio, since skin
care (Outer Nutrition) is the category least developed as of
2005. In October of 2005 we introduced a comprehensive Heart
Health line which incorporates
Niteworkstm,
CoreComplextm,
TriShieldtm,
MegaGarlictm
and
Herbalifelinetm,
and is endorsed by Dr. Louis Ignarro. At our World Team
School/Leadership Development Weekend held in October 2005, we
launched our 2006 worldwide promotion, Active World Team, which
we believe will, when coupled with our product launches and
branding initiatives have a positive impact on sales growth in
2006.
We believe that 2006 sales in the Americas region should
continue its positive year over year growth primarily as a
result of the expected continuation of the strong momentum in
Mexico, Brazil, and the U.S.
Europe
Net sales in Europe increased $9.1 million, or 1.7%, for
the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In
local currency, net sales increased 1.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Throughout 2004, Europe experienced sales growth when compared
to 2003, partly due to the Billion Dollar Challenge promotion in
the first and second quarters of 2004. Such sales growth was not
expected to be sustainable in 2005. While some markets did
sustain growth such as Spain, France and South Africa, two key
markets, Germany and the Netherlands, experienced sales declines
of 20.8% and 16.2%, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
We have recently appointed a new country manager in Germany and
the new management team is developing a turnaround plan for 2006
to re-engage the local distributor leadership and to rebuild
confidence among distributors to improve recruiting and
retention. The German leadership has begun to work together to
improve our brand image, to implement the GenH initiative, and
have formed an executive committee to focus on other
initiatives. In the Netherlands we have taken steps to re-engage
the local distributor leadership and promote the GenH initiative
within the country.
Net sales in Spain were up $7.6 million, or 23.1%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
increase in net sales is primarily due to unified distributor
leadership, an increasing emphasis locally on health and
nutrition and the continuing positive impact of certain
promotions in 2005. In France, one of our largest European
markets, net sales were up $6.6 million, or 25.8%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004, partly
due to adoption of a new nutritional distributor training
program and a special vacation promotion. Net sales in South
Africa were up $7.1 million or 51.7%, as compared to 2004,
primarily due to a unified distributor leadership and successful
promotional activity. Additionally, in South Africa, we
celebrated our 10th anniversary of doing business in the
country with a major sales event during the third quarter.
We concluded the year with a World Team School in Budapest,
Hungary, where over 8,000 European distributors attended
product, leadership, and business opportunity training sessions.
During the event there was specific training on Nutrition Clubs,
and the 2006 Active World Team promotion was introduced.
51
We believe that 2006 net sales in Europe should continue
the positive year over year volume growth partly due to our
global and local branding initiatives, such as sponsoring the
London Triathlon, which are intended to continually improve our
corporate and brand reputation in the market and our
introduction of new products into the region, such as
Liftofftm.
In addition, with the recent changes to our management teams,
both regionally and locally, we expect to formulate and
implement a successful strategy to turn around several declining
markets in Europe and continue positive growth trends in others.
Asia/Pacific
Rim
Net sales in Asia/Pacific Rim increased $38.6 million, or
18.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to
2004. In local currency, net sales increased 14.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $9.3 million
positive impact on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The overall increase was attributable
mainly to increases in Taiwan and South Korea.
Net sales in Taiwan increased $18.4 million, or 25.6%, for
the year ended December 31, 2005, over 2004, due primarily
to an increase in the number of supervisors by 24.7% at
December 31, 2005, as compared to the same time last year,
highly engaged distributor leadership, increased local
distributor trainings and initiatives to promote individual
recognition of well performing distributors, new product
launches, positive momentum from the World Team School held in
Singapore in October 2005, the
25th Anniversary
Atlanta Extravaganza, and the Worldwide Cup Promotion. The
Singapore World Team School was attended by approximately 5,000
distributors who received product, leadership, and business
opportunity training. Net sales in South Korea increased
$12.2 million, or 34.0%, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. This improvement in
2005 was a result of positive momentum from the sales events and
promotions discussed above and unified focus by Koreas
country and distributor leadership. Also, in late 2004 we
introduced
ShapeWorkstm
in South Korea, which had a positive impact on recruiting and
retailing initiatives in 2005.
Overall, we believe that continued local distributor training,
positive momentum from the Singapore World Team School, the
launch of new products
(Nourifusiontm
was launched in South Korea and Taiwan in late 2005), the
opening of Malaysia in February 2006 and introduction of new
business tools, should contribute to ongoing sales increases and
support the continued globalization of Nutrition Clubs and the
Total Plan in the Asia/Pacific Rim region in 2006.
Japan
Net sales in Japan decreased $4.1 million, or 4.1%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In local
currency, net sales in Japan decreased 2.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a negative $1.8 million impact
on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005. The net
sales decline in 2005, which is a continuation of a six-year
downward trend in Japan, albeit at a slower rate for this
reporting period, had been driven primarily by ineffective prior
country management, which had not properly motivated distributor
leadership, and the lack of new product introductions. In the
third quarter of 2004, we appointed a new country manager who
has focused on uniting and motivating distributor leadership to
improve recruiting and retention of distributors, and we are in
the process of expanding our product line to address local
country demographic needs. In the second quarter of 2005, we
launched
Nourifusiontm
and supported this launch with a formal Total Plan training for
our distributors.
Nourifusiontm
International Business Packs were also created to
synchronize the method of operation with the introduction kit.
During 2005, we opened a new sales office in a central upscale
location in Tokyo, a significant improvement over the existing
location that we believe should give us greater visibility in a
key population center. The first floor of the sales office has a
nutrition center where distributors can bring their customers or
potential distributors to sample our products, conduct meetings,
and hold trainings. In December 2005, we held the Japan
Spectacular in Kobe, Japan, making it the biggest event in Japan
in 5 years, with approximately 6,000 distributors
attending. Positive momentum was also generated from the
Worldwide Cup Promotion in 2005. In the third quarter of 2005,
Niteworkstm
was introduced in Japan, and a special vacation promotion was
launched. We believe the above initiatives in combination with
the implementation of new brand and volume incentive promotional
programs, should continue to improve sales trends in 2006.
52
Sales by
Product Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
% Change in
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
945.1
|
|
|
$
|
(465.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
479.8
|
|
|
$
|
81.3
|
|
|
$
|
561.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,149.4
|
|
|
$
|
(565.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
584.1
|
|
|
$
|
96.6
|
|
|
$
|
680.7
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
Inner Nutrition
|
|
|
946.5
|
|
|
|
(466.0
|
)
|
|
|
480.5
|
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
562.0
|
|
|
|
1,092.1
|
|
|
|
(537.1
|
)
|
|
|
555.0
|
|
|
|
91.8
|
|
|
|
646.8
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
207.3
|
|
|
|
(102.1
|
)
|
|
|
105.2
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
123.1
|
|
|
|
275.9
|
|
|
|
(135.7
|
)
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
|
|
32.7
|
%
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
47.3
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
59.5
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
58.3
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
71.0
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
75.9
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our increased emphasis on the science of weight management and
nutrition during the past two years has resulted in product
introductions such as
Niteworkstm
and Garden 7
tm
and the introduction of
ShapeWorkstm,
a personalized meal replacement program. Due to the launch of
ShapeWorkstm
in March 2004 in the United States and the on-going roll-out to
other countries, the introduction of new Outer
Nutrition®
products like
NouriFusiontm,
and the increased use of the Total Plan by distributors in
Brazil and worldwide, which uses Outer Nutrition products as its
foundation, net sales of weight management products and Outer
Nutrition®
products increased at a higher rate than net sales of inner
nutrition products. Sales of Outer Nutrition products increased
32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005, which is a
greater rate of growth than that for any other category.
Literature, Promotional and Other, which is net of product
buy-backs and returns in all product categories, increased, due
primarily to an increase in literature sales from selling
starter kits to new distributors and from a decrease in returns
and refunds. We expect growth rates within these categories will
vary from time to time as we launch new products.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,251.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $1,039.8 million in
2004. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2005 increased from 79.4% to 79.8%, as
compared to 2004. Generally, gross profit percentages do not
vary significantly as a percentage of sales other than due to
product or country mix, ongoing cost reduction initiatives and
provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory. Additionally,
we believe that we have the ability to mitigate ingredient and
manufacturing cost increases from our suppliers by raising the
prices of our products or shifting product sourcing to
alternative manufacturers.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales was 35.5% for the
years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 The favorable
pre-tax impact of $4.0 million relating to a change in the
allowance for uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from
distributors in the third quarter of 2005 was partially offset
by a favorable pre-tax impact of $2.4 million of aged
royalty checks in the third quarter of 2004. Generally, royalty
overrides as a percentage of net sales varies slightly from
period to period due to changes in the mix of products and
countries because varying Royalty Overrides are paid on certain
products and in certain countries. Due to the structure of our
global compensation plan coupled with the current country mix of
our business, we do not expect to see significant fluctuations
in Royalty Overrides as a percent of net sales.
Selling,
General, & Administrative Expenses
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses as a percentage of
net sales improved to 30.4% for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to 33.3% in 2004. The unfavorable impact of
foreign currency fluctuations was $8.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses increased
$40.2 million to $476.3 million from
$436.1 million in 2004. The increase included
$23.1 million in higher salaries and benefits, due
primarily to normal merit increases, increased staffing, and
higher incentive compensation; $5.7 million relating to
53
legal and litigation expenses and additional professional fees
primarily associated with strengthening our technology
infrastructure; $16.0, million in additional advertising and
promotion expenses related primarily related to our 2005
Worldwide Cup promotion which have helped drive worldwide sales
growth; $5.4 million in higher travel and entertainment
expenses and $5.6 million in higher occupancy cost to
support the growth of our business. The increases were partially
offset by $9.2 million lower monitoring fees and other
expenses due to the termination of the related agreements with
Whitney and Golden Gate; $9.8 million lower amortization
expenses; and a $0.7 million foreign exchange gain in 2005
versus a $1.9 million loss in 2004.
We expect 2006 Selling, General & Administrative
Expenses to increase in absolute dollars over 2005 levels
reflecting general salary merit increases; further investments
in China; and various sales growth initiatives including sales
events, globalization of best practices such as Nutrition Clubs
and Total Plan, and the development of the
direct-to-consumer
initiative. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses should
remain consistent with 2005 levels.
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $43.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $123.3 million in
2004. The higher interest expense in 2004 was primarily due to
the two recapitalizations in 2004, as noted in the table below,
and $8.2 million additional interest expense associated
with the $275.0 million principal amount of our 9
1/2% Notes
issued in March 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
113/4% Notes-Redemption Premium
and write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
151/2% Senior
Notes-Redemption Premium and write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
91/2% Senior
Notes Clawback Premium and Write-off of deferred financing
fees
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Revolver-Write-off of deferred
finance fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses included
in Interest Expense
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
$
|
71.5
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
51.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
43.9
|
|
|
$
|
123.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As part of the continuation of the fourth quarter 2004
recapitalization, we exercised a contract provision to redeem
40%, or $110 million, of the
91/2%
Notes. After the required notice period, this redemption was
completed on February 4, 2005. The premium and the
write-off of deferred financing fees of $14.2 million
associated with this redemption was included in interest expense
in the first quarter of 2005.
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $82.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $29.7 million in
2004. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
income tax rate was 46.8% for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to 192.8% in 2004. The decrease in the
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to 2004 was caused primarily by the impact of less
non-deductible interest including the aforementioned
non-deductible recapitalization charges in each period.
Offsetting these benefits was $5.5 million non-cash tax
charge associated with moving our China subsidiary within our
global corporate structure in the second quarter of 2005.
Additionally, the stronger than expected revenue growth during
the past several quarters and managements outlook that a
mid-teens revenue growth rate will continue throughout 2006
caused a decrease in the valuation allowances required against
certain deferred tax assets and an increase in current taxes in
certain areas as our worldwide transfer pricing and overall tax
structures were impacted.
54
Foreign
Currency Fluctuations
Currency fluctuations had a favorable impact of
$10.8 million on net results for the year ended
December 31, 2005, when compared to what current year net
results would have been using last years foreign exchange
rates. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the regional
effects were a favorable $0.7 million in Europe, a
favorable $2.4 million in Asia/Pacific Rim, a favorable
$7.0 million in The Americas, and a favorable
$0.7 million in Japan.
Net
Results
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income was
$93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, compared to
the prior-year net loss of $14.3 million or loss of
$0.27 per diluted share. Net income as reported includes
the effect of recapitalization transaction expenses of
$14.2 million and $71.5 million (approximately
$60.5 million net of tax) in 2005 and 2004, respectively, a
non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated with moving
our China subsidiary within the global corporate structure in
the second quarter of 2005, and the favorable after-tax impact
of $2.5 million relating to a change in the allowance for
uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from distributors in
the third quarter of 2005, partially offset by the
$1.5 million favorable after-tax impact of aged royalties
in the third quarter of 2004. The improvement in net income was
a result of a 19.6% increase in net sales, the continued
favorable impact from appreciation of foreign currencies, lower
interest and income tax expense partially offset by expenditures
we are undertaking in business initiatives resulting in higher
operating expenses primarily from increased labor, benefits,
incentive compensation and promotion expense. Overall, the
appreciation of foreign currencies had a $10.8 million
favorable impact on net income for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
Year
ended December 31, 2004 compared to year ended
December 31, 2003
Net
Sales
The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to net sales:
Sales by
Geographic Regions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
The Americas
|
|
$
|
687.9
|
|
|
$
|
(328.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
359.0
|
|
|
$
|
65.4
|
|
|
$
|
424.4
|
|
|
$
|
762.6
|
|
|
$
|
(364.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
398.2
|
|
|
$
|
70.0
|
|
|
$
|
468.2
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
733.4
|
|
|
|
(349.4
|
)
|
|
|
384.0
|
|
|
|
64.2
|
|
|
|
448.2
|
|
|
|
875.5
|
|
|
|
(418.0
|
)
|
|
|
457.5
|
|
|
|
78.7
|
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
Asia/Pacific Rim
|
|
|
271.6
|
|
|
|
(123.6
|
)
|
|
|
148.0
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
167.5
|
|
|
|
338.7
|
|
|
|
(156.3
|
)
|
|
|
182.4
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
%
|
Japan
|
|
|
201.5
|
|
|
|
(97.4
|
)
|
|
|
104.1
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
119.3
|
|
|
|
169.4
|
|
|
|
(82.5
|
)
|
|
|
86.9
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
98.8
|
|
|
|
(17.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,894.4
|
|
|
$
|
(899.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
995.1
|
|
|
$
|
164.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net sales are directly associated with the
recruiting, retention and retailing of our distributor force,
the quality and completeness of the product offerings that the
distributor force has to sell and the number of countries in
which we operate. Managements role, both in-country and at
the corporate level is to provide distributors with a
competitive and broad product line, ensure strong teamwork and
leadership among the Chairmans Club and Presidents
Team distributors and offer leading edge business tools to make
doing business with Herbalife simple. Management uses the
marketing program coupled with educational and motivational
tools to incent distributors to drive recruiting, retention and
retailing which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include
corporate sales events Extravaganzas and World
Team Schools where large groups of distributors
gather, thus allowing them to network with other distributors,
learn recruiting, retention and retailing techniques from our
leading distributors, and become more familiar with how to
market and sell our products and business opportunities.
Accordingly, management believes that these development and
motivation programs can increase the productivity of the
supervisor network. The expenses for such programs are included
in selling, general & administrative expenses. An
example is the Barcelona Extravaganza held in August of 2004 and
mentioned below. Sales are driven by several factors including
the number and productivity of distributor leaders who
continually build, educate and motivate their respective
distribution and sales organizations. We also use product event
and non-event promotions
55
to motivate distributors to increase recruiting, retention and
retailing activities. These promotions have ranged from our 2003
laptop computer promotion to vacations or other qualifying
events for distributors that meet certain selling and recruiting
goals. The costs of these promotions are included in selling,
general & administration expenses. A current example is
the Atlanta Challenge discussed below. Similar to
sales events, it is not possible for us to draw a precise
quantitative correlation between a successful promotion and a
resultant long-term effect on net sales.
The factors described above have driven growth in our business.
The following net sales by geographic region discussion further
details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
factors specific to certain major countries. The Company
believes that the correct foundation, coupled with ongoing
training and promotional initiatives is required to increase
recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing of the
product. The correct foundation includes strong country
management that works closely with the distributor leadership, a
broad product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a
favorable regulatory environment, a scalable and stable
technology platform and an attractive marketing plan.
Initiatives such as Success Training Seminars, World Team
Schools, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are
integral components of developing a highly motivated and
educated distributor sales organization that will work toward
increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.
The Companys strategy has included and will continue to
include generating and maintaining growth within existing
markets. We generally expect to continue to spend the current
level of selling, general & administrative expenses (as
a percent of net sales) to maintain or stimulate sales growth,
while making strategic investments in new initiatives as
discussed in the business strategy section. In addition, new
ideas are being generated in our regional markets, either by
distributors, country management or corporate management.
Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico and the Total Plan in
Brazil, as described in the net sales discussion below.
Managements strategy is to review the applicability of
expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region
and/or
globally where appropriate.
The
Americas
Net sales in The Americas increased $43.8 million, or
10.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
2003. In local currency, net sales increased by 10.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a negative impact of
$1.6 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in Brazil and Mexico of $29.2 million and
$28.8 million, or 74.4% and 39.1%, respectively, for the
year ended December 31, 2004. These countries continue to
benefit from strong country and distributor leadership that
focuses on recruiting and retention of the distributor force
that retails our product, and a product line and business
opportunity that is attractive to the demographics in those
countries. The net sales growth in Brazil and Mexico was
partially offset by a net sales decrease in the U.S. of
$22.0 million, or 8.0%.
The continued net sales growth in Brazil is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 54.6% at December 31,
2004 compared to 2003, the expansion of the Total Plan, strong
distributor leadership, a highly effective country management
team and a good product portfolio. The Total Plan is a low cost
lead generating method where distributors use our personal care
line of products and offer consultations to obtain referrals.
This concept specifically supports our retailing and recruiting
initiatives and has been a catalyst for growth in Brazil.
The continued net sales growth in Mexico is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 33.0% at December 31,
2004 compared to December 31, 2003, which reflects the
renewed emphasis on distributor and customer retention programs
such as the Nutrition Clubs, which are new and innovative means
by which distributors are retailing our products to new
customers, some of whom may eventually become distributors of
our products. The costs to set up a Nutrition Club are generally
nominal, and are borne solely by the distributor. Our
distributors have opened over 2000 Nutrition Clubs to date.
Growth in Brazil and Mexico was partly offset by a decline in
net sales in the U.S., of $22.0 million, or 8.0%, for the
year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
December 31, 2003. This was evidenced by a 6.1% decrease in
the number of supervisors at December 31, 2004 as compared
to 2003, with a similar volume point decrease when compared to
the prior year. This is a continuation of a downward trend in
the U.S., although the decrease in 2004 is lower than the
decrease experienced in 2003. Contributing factors to this
continued decline include distraction
56
among senior distributor leadership related to the transition of
our new senior management team, strong competition from other
direct selling companies and marketing difficulties experienced
during the transition to the new
ShapeWorkstm
product line launched in March 2004. The transition to the new
ShapeWorkstm
product line in the U.S. cost approximately $4.2 million,
which was primarily recorded in selling, general &
administrative expenses. Of this, approximately
$0.6 million was related to several previous versions of
the package design, labels and related promotional materials, a
cost that is not expected to be incurred in future transitions
of this product in other regions. We believe the
U.S. continues to be a viable market and therefore we have
taken numerous steps to turn the business around. For example,
we have organized regional mini-extravaganza sales
events, the opening of a regional sales center in Dallas,
created a U.S. country management team, where previously the
U.S. was managed from The Americas Region, and introduced
retailing and recruiting programs used successfully in Brazil
and Mexico such as the Total Plan and Nutrition Clubs. The
multiple regional mini-extravaganzas cost approximately
$1.9 million in 2004, which was recorded in selling,
general & administrative expenses. We expect a similar
level of spending in 2005 to help stimulate growth in the U.S.
market. Regional sales centers are small, walk up distribution
centers that we are opening in key areas of the U.S. where
we feel we are underdeveloped. The walk up centers allow
distributors to interact with us on a more personal basis and we
believe they will assist distributors with their recruiting and
retention efforts. To set up the regional sales center in
Dallas, we incurred $0.4 million in capital expenditures
and we will spend approximately $0.6 million in annual
operating expenses. To the extent that management chooses to
continue to expand this model throughout the U.S. based
upon a thorough financial review, we would expect a similar
level of expenditure for each regional sales center that the
Company may potentially open. Managements evaluation in
this area has not yet been completed. Management and senior
distributor leadership will continue to target promotions,
events and products to specific key U.S. metro areas. We
believe this should increase the efficiency of our spending,
while increasing market penetration.
Europe
Net sales in Europe increased $87.9 million, or 19.6%, for
the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. In
local currency net sales increased 8.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
$49.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Most European markets recorded net sales growth partly as a
result of an eight-month promotion ending in June 2004 that
helped our distributors increase recruiting and retention and
was further supported by the motivation and training at the
Barcelona Extravaganza in July 2004. We spent $3.9 million,
recorded in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses,
on this eight month incremental sales promotion, called the
Billion Dollar Challenge. The Barcelona Extravaganza
had a net cost of $1.8 million and was recorded in the
selling, general & administrative expenses. The
November 2004 launch of
ShapeWorkstm
in Europe at the Bologna World Team School has been well
received by distributors, reflecting a smoother launch than in
the U.S. earlier this year.
Net sales in Spain were up $13.8 million, or 72.5%, for the
year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due to a
cohesive, renewed focus by distributor leadership, an increasing
emphasis locally on health and nutrition and the success of the
Billion Dollar Challenge and the Barcelona Extravaganza. Net
sales in Turkey were up $11.4 million, or 85.7%, for the
year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due to
increasing acceptance of the direct selling concept in Turkey as
well as an energetic distributor leadership group. In Italy, one
of our largest European markets, net sales were up
$7.1 million, or 11.2%, for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, driven by strong
country management and distributor leadership collaboration on
recruiting and retention programs. In the Netherlands, another
of our larger European markets, net sales were up
$8.3 million, or 17.8%, for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, partly due to the
Corporate/Distributor
co-sponsored
TV program, Fitness Challenge, which increased the
visibility of the Herbalife name. The Companys cost
related to the Fitness Challenge was less than
$0.1 million, and was recorded in Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses. We are currently
reviewing whether to repeat this sponsorship in 2005. In
addition, we initiated a new worldwide promotion, The Atlanta
Challenge, at the Barcelona Extravaganza in July, as a means to
incent distributors to qualify for our
25th
Anniversary Extravaganza in April 2005 in Atlanta. The
25th Anniversary Cruise is a special worldwide vacation
promotion, separate from, but occurring in connection with the
25th
Anniversary Extravaganza in Atlanta, and is expected to cost
approximately $6.0 million. This is an event that
distributors qualified for during 2004. Accordingly, we have
accrued the expense in selling, general &
57
administrative expenses. We do not expect a similar promotion in
2005. The
25th
Anniversary Extravaganza will replace the major regional
extravaganzas in 2005, although we may still hold smaller
regional events to carry the excitement and momentum of this
event. We expect the net cost of the
25th Anniversary
Extravaganza in Atlanta to be approximately $6.4 million.
In the first quarter of 2004, we took over the management of
product distribution in Russia and Greece. Prior to this, we
used a third-party importer to manage and distribute our product
to distributors in these countries. We have now opened an
administrative office and a company-operated distribution center
in these countries to more closely align with our business model
in most other countries around the world. This will allow more
direct interaction with our distributors, which we feel will
improve communication and ultimately enhance recruiting and
retention of distributors in those countries. The cost of the
change in business model in these countries was
$1.0 million in capital expenditures, $4.4 million in
transition costs that we do not expect to incur in the future
and $5.9 million in net additional annual operating
expenses. The transition costs and operating expenses were
recorded in selling, general & administrative expenses.
Asia/Pacific
Rim
Net sales in Asia/Pacific Rim increased $39.0 million, or
23.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to
2003. In local currency, net sales increased 19.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $6.8 million
positive impact on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004. The overall increase was attributable
mainly to an increase in Taiwan, partly offset by a decrease in
South Korea.
Net sales in Taiwan increased $23.8 million, or 49.6%, for
the year ended December 31, 2004, over 2003, due primarily
to an increase in the number of supervisors by 34.0% at
December 31, 2004, as compared to the same time last year,
highly engaged distributor leadership, strong country
management, increased local distributor trainings and
initiatives to promote individual recognition of well performing
distributors, new product launches, positive momentum from the
Bangkok Extravaganza held in September and various other
regional promotions. The Bangkok Extravaganza had a net cost of
$1.7 million and was recorded in selling,
general & administrative expenses. In 2005 this and
other regional extravaganzas will be replaced by the
25th
Anniversary Atlanta Extravaganza. Management will evaluate the
need for smaller regional events to carry the excitement and
momentum of the
25th
Anniversary Atlanta Extravaganza to those around the world who
are unable to attend. Net sales in South Korea decreased
$8.0 million, or 18.3%, for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. It appears that
numerous initiatives begun in the fourth quarter of 2003, are
making an impact. To illustrate this improvement, while volume
was flat (an improvement over prior years trend), net
sales increased 11.0% in the fourth quarter as compared to the
same period last year. We expect South Korea will report
positive year over year sales growth in 2005. In late 2004 we
introduced
ShapeWorkstm
in South Korea, at a cost of less than $0.1 million, which
was recorded in selling, general & administrative
expenses, and which we believe should help with recruiting and
retailing initiatives.
Japan
Net sales in Japan decreased $20.5 million, or 17.2%, for
the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. In
local currency, net sales in Japan decreased 22.9% for the year
ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $6.8 million
favorable impact on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2004. The net sales decline in 2004, which is
a continuation of a five-year downward trend in Japan, albeit at
a slower rate for this reporting period, had been driven
primarily by ineffective prior country management, which had not
properly motivated distributor leadership or introduced new
products in a timely manner to meet distributor expectations.
This weakness has been exacerbated by strong competition from
other direct selling companies and a general deterioration of
the Japanese economy. In the third quarter of 2004, we appointed
a new country manager who is currently focusing on uniting and
motivating distributor leadership to improve recruiting and
retention of distributors, and we are in the process of
expanding our product line to address local country demographic
needs. For example in late 2004 we introduced a green tea
flavored Formula 1 and we created individual serving
packets for our Formula 1 product. In 2005 we will
be opening a new sales office in a central location of Tokyo, a
significant improvement over the existing location that we
believe should give us greater
58
visibility in a key population center. In combination with
implementing new brand and volume incentive promotional
programs, we believe the above initiatives should help improve
financial performance in 2005.
Sales by
Product Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
in Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
840.4
|
|
|
$
|
(413.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
427.2
|
|
|
$
|
72.9
|
|
|
$
|
500.1
|
|
|
$
|
945.1
|
|
|
$
|
(465.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
479.8
|
|
|
$
|
81.3
|
|
|
$
|
561.1
|
|
|
|
12.2%
|
|
Inner
Nutrition®
|
|
|
849.0
|
|
|
|
(417.5
|
)
|
|
|
431.5
|
|
|
|
73.6
|
|
|
|
505.1
|
|
|
|
946.5
|
|
|
|
(466.0
|
)
|
|
|
480.5
|
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
562.0
|
|
|
|
11.3%
|
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
177.6
|
|
|
|
(87.3
|
)
|
|
|
90.3
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
105.7
|
|
|
|
207.3
|
|
|
|
(102.1
|
)
|
|
|
105.2
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
123.1
|
|
|
|
16.5%
|
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
|
|
46.1
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
48.5
|
|
|
|
47.3
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
59.5
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
30.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,894.4
|
|
|
$
|
(899.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
995.1
|
|
|
$
|
164.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
|
13.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our increased emphasis on the science of weight management and
nutrition during the past two years, illustrated by our assembly
of the Scientific Advisory Board and the Medical Advisory Board,
has resulted in numerous product introductions like
Niteworkstm
and Garden
7tm
and the introduction of
ShapeWorkstm
, a personalized meal replacement program. Due to the launch of
our
ShapeWorkstm
product line in March 2004 and the introduction of new personal
care products, net sales of weight management products and Outer
Nutrition®
products increased at a higher rate than net sales of inner
nutrition products. The rationalization of our Outer
Nutrition®
product line in 2002 resulted in an initial decrease in sales,
but since then the line has represented approximately 9% of our
net sales. The product line today is designed to complement the
weight management and inner nutrition product lines with
products for improving the appearance of the body, skin and
hair. Literature, Promotional and Other, which includes product
buy-backs and returns in all product categories, increased due
to a decrease in returns and refunds. We expect shifts within
these categories from time to time as we launch new products.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,039.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to $923.6 million in
2003. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2004 decreased from 79.7% to 79.4%, as
compared to 2003. The decrease in gross profit as a percentage
of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2004 was
attributable mainly to an increase in provisions made for slow
moving and obsolete inventory of $4.8 million as well as a
small sales mix variance, which was partially offset by lower
raw material and vendor costs. Generally, gross profit
percentages do not vary significantly as a percentage of sales
other than due to ongoing cost reduction initiatives and
provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory. Additionally,
we believe that we have the ability to mitigate price increases
by raising the prices of our products or shifting product
sourcing to alternative manufacturers.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales were 35.5% for
the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 35.8% in
2003. As a percentage of net sales, Royalty Overrides decreased
by 0.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared
to 2003, due primarily to the $2.4 million favorable impact
of aged royalties. Generally, this ratio varies slightly from
period to period due to changes in the mix of products and
countries because full Royalty Overrides are not paid on certain
products or in certain countries. Due to the structure of our
global compensation plan, we do not expect to see significant
fluctuations in Royalty Overrides as a percent of net sales.
Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses
Selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales were 33.3% for the year ended December 31, 2004,
as compared to 34.6% in 2003.
59
For the year ended December 31, 2004, selling,
general & administrative expenses increased
$34.8 million to $436.1 million from
$401.3 million in 2003. The increase included
$15.4 million in higher salaries and benefits, due
primarily to normal merit increases, the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations, a lower bonus expense in 2003 based on
not fully achieving targets that year and increases related to
the strengthening of the management team regionally and in the
U.S.; $13.8 million in additional professional fees
associated with higher legal and accounting expenses, including
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, technology expenses, and higher
manufacturing consulting expenses related to the
start-up of
our facility in China; $4.5 million in additional
promotional expenses related primarily to the
ShapeWorkstm
launch, the eight-month European promotion program noted above
which ended in June 2004 and expenses related to our 25 th
Anniversary promotions, all of which were detailed in the
discussion of net sales by region; $12.2 million in higher
non-income taxes due primarily to higher sales in certain
jurisdictions; $2.6 million relating to the
recapitalization in March, which we do not expect to recur in
2005; and $3.0 million in higher provisions made for
doubtful accounts. The changes discussed above include the
unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations on operating
expenses of $9.3 million The increases were partially
offset by $8.7 million lower litigation expenses,
$4.6 million lower foreign exchange transaction losses and
$11.7 million lower amortization expense of intangibles for
the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to 2003, due
to the final allocation in the third quarter of 2003 of the
purchase price in connection with the Acquisition.
In December 2004, we reached an agreement with the Equity
Sponsors to terminate a monitoring fee agreement in exchange for
the issuance of 700,000 warrants. Using the Black-Scholes model
we have calculated the fair value of this consideration to be
approximately $2.9 million, which is included in 2004
expenses.
We target a product gross profit of approximately 80% of net
sales, which allows us to economically remit royalties to our
distributor organization, pay our vendors for product and cover
operating costs associated with product development and
licensing, warehousing, distribution and transportation. We
generally do not target promotions or advertising at any
particular product or brand. Our significant promotions are
generally aimed at generating increased levels of recruiting and
retention of distributors. An example is the European Billion
Dollar Challenge in the first half of 2004. Under this
promotion, distributors qualified for various levels of award,
based on the incremental sales volume they achieved. Generally,
when a major new product is launched, there will be expenditures
related to the roll-out and promotion of such products. Based on
the breadth and manner of a product launch, these costs could be
material or immaterial. For example, as detailed previously in
the net sales discussion, we introduced
ShapeWorkstm
in the United States in 2004 at an extravaganza, at a cost of
approximately $3.7 million, net of costs of labeling and
packaging revisions prior to introduction. The same product was
launched in Europe at the Bologna event (a
mini-extravaganza) at a cost of $0.5 million,
and in South Korea, not tied to any major event, at a cost of
less than $0.1 million. Product or brand advertising is
generally handled by our distributors, although in 2005, we
anticipate participating in sponsoring certain sporting events
that will raise awareness and recognition of the Herbalife
brand. We have not finalized these plans, but we expect that
spending on such events would not be material in 2005.
60
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $123.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to $41.5 million in
2003. The higher interest expense in 2004 was primarily due to
the two recapitalizations in 2004 as noted in the table below
and $8.2 million additional interest expense associated
with the $275.0 million principal amount of our
91/2%
Notes issued in March 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
113/4% Notes-Redemption Premium
and write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
121/2% Senior
Notes-Redemption Premium and write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolver-Write-off of deferred
finance fees
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses included
in Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
71.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
51.8
|
|
|
|
40.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
123.3
|
|
|
$
|
41.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As part of the continuation of the fourth quarter 2004
recapitalization, we exercised a contract provision to redeem
40%, or $110 million, of the
91/2%
Notes. After the required notice period, this redemption was
completed on February 4, 2005. The premium and the
write-off of deferred financing fees of $14.2 million
associated with this redemption will be included in interest
expense in the first quarter of 2005.
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $29.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, as compared to $28.7 million in
2003. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
income tax rate was 192.8% for the year ended December 31,
2004, as compared to 43.8% in 2003. The increase in the
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2004 as
compared to 2003 was caused primarily by the expenses related to
the recapitalizations, a significant portion of which are
non-deductible, and the non-deductible interest expense
associated with the
91/2%
Notes. Excluding the impact of the recapitalization expenses of
$71.5 million, the 2004 effective tax rate would have been
approximately 47%. In 2005, we believe the effective tax rate
should decrease to 43%, reflecting the lower level of non
deductible interest, and before the impact of the
$14.2 million of premium and write-off of deferred
financing fees noted in interest expense above. We estimate the
unfavorable impact to the effective tax rate of including these
expenses could be as high as 4%.
Foreign
Currency Fluctuations
Currency fluctuations had a favorable impact of
$12.9 million on net results for the year ended
December 31, 2004, when compared to what current year net
results would have been using last years foreign exchange
rates. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the regional
effects were a favorable $7.5 million in Europe, a
favorable $2.7 million in Asia/Pacific Rim, a favorable
$0.2 million in The Americas, and a favorable
$2.5 million in Japan.
Net
Results
Net results for the year ended December 31, 2004 including
$71.5 million of pre-tax recapitalization expenses
(approximately $60.5 million net of tax), was a loss of
$14.3 million, or a loss of $0.27 per diluted share,
which was $51.2 million lower than the prior-year net
income of $36.8 million or earnings of $0.69 per
diluted share. The recapitalization expenses in the first and
fourth quarters of 2004 of $71.5 million pre-tax resulted
from the repurchase our
151/2%
senior notes, and the
113/4
Notes, and the refinancing of Herbalife Internationals
term loan. Net results were also impacted by the interest
expense associated with the
91/2%
Notes, higher promotional expenses and labor costs, partially
offset by the 13.0% increase in net sales, the favorable impact
of aged royalties and the favorable impact of the appreciation
of foreign currencies. Overall, the appreciation of foreign
currencies had a $12.9 million favorable impact on net
results for 2004.
61
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We have historically met our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of
operations, through net cash flows provided by operating
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our operating
cash flows. Variations in sales of our products would directly
affect the availability of funds. There are no material
restrictions on the ability to transfer and remit funds among
our international affiliated companies.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, we generated
$143.4 million from operating cash flows, as compared to
$80.1 million in 2004. The increase in cash generated from
operations reflected an increase in operating income of
$80.4 million, which was primarily driven by a 19.6% growth
in net sales and a decrease in interest paid in 2005 of
$49.9 million, partially offset by an increase in income
taxes paid of $44.9 million and an increase in inventory.
Capital expenditures, including capital leases, for the year
ended December 31, 2005 were $32.6 million, as
compared to $30.3 million in 2004. The majority of these
expenditures represented investments in management information
systems, internet tools for distributors, the relocation of our
facility in Japan, and the expansion of our facilities in China.
We expect to incur capital expenditures of up to
$45 million in 2006.
2005 and 2006 are investment years for us in China as we expand
our business there. The operating loss for 2005 was
$2.2 million and we currently anticipate to fund an
operating loss of approximately $10.0 million in 2006, in
addition to total capital expenditures and working capital of up
to $15.0 million for the planned build-out of retail
stores, our offices and the expansion of the capabilities of our
manufacturing facility. In 2005 we invested approximately
$4.5 million in capital expenditures in China.
In December 2004, Herbalife completed an initial public offering
in connection with which several recapitalization transactions
were completed, including the tender for all of the outstanding
113/4% Notes,
of which 99.9% accepted the tender offer, and a replacement of
the existing term loan and revolving credit facility with a new
$225.0 million senior credit facility. In addition, we
redeemed $110 million principal amount excluding discounts
or 40% of our outstanding
91/2% Notes
in February of 2005 for the cash amount of $124.1 million,
including a premium of $10.5 million and accrued interest
of $3.6 million. Interest expense in 2005 includes the
redemption amount of $14.2 million which represents
$10.5 million of premium and $3.7 million of write off
of deferred financing cost and discount.
The $225.0 million senior credit facility consists of a
senior secured revolving credit facility with total availability
of up to $25.0 million and a senior secured term loan
facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$200.0 million. The revolver is available until
December 21, 2009. The revolver bears interest at LIBOR
plus 2%. In April 2005 the senior credit facility was amended
whereby the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus
21/4%
to LIBOR plus
13/4%.
In addition, the amount payable in connection with a partial or
full refinancing of the loan within the first year of the
amendment shall equal 101% of the principal amount. In August
2005, the senior credit facility was amended to permit the
purchase, repurchase or redemption of up to $50.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the
91/2% Notes
due 2011. There were no repurchases of the
91/2%
Notes in 2005. With regard to the term loan we are obligated to
pay $0.2 million every quarter until September 30,
2010 and the remaining principal amount on December 21,
2010. During 2005 we prepaid approximately $109.0 million
of our senior credit facility resulting in approximately
$2.2 million additional interest expense from write-off of
deferred financing fees. As of December 31, 2005, the
outstanding balance of the term loan was $89.8 million and
no amounts had been borrowed under the revolving credit facility.
The senior credit facility and the
91/2% Notes
include customary covenants that restrict, among other things,
the ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends or make
certain other restricted payments, incur liens, merge or sell
all or substantially all of our assets, or enter into various
transactions with affiliates. Additionally, the senior credit
facility includes covenants relating to the maintenance of
certain leverage, fixed charge coverage, and interest coverage
ratios, and requirements to make early payments to the extent of
excess cash flow, as defined therein.
62
The following summarizes our contractual obligations including
interest at December 31, 2005 and the effect such
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows
in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 &
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Term Debt
|
|
$
|
118.2
|
|
|
$
|
6.8
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
91.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
113/4% Notes
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
91/2% Notes
|
|
$
|
251.2
|
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.7
|
|
|
$
|
172.7
|
|
Capital Lease
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
$
|
1.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other debt
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
77.9
|
|
|
$
|
16.2
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
|
$
|
7.8
|
|
|
$
|
7.0
|
|
|
$
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
459.6
|
|
|
$
|
47.8
|
|
|
$
|
35.7
|
|
|
$
|
30.3
|
|
|
$
|
29.2
|
|
|
$
|
114.2
|
|
|
$
|
202.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whitney and Golden Gate (and/or their affiliates) were parties
to a Share Purchase Agreement (the Share Purchase
Agreement) pursuant to which they originally purchased our
Preferred Shares. Under the terms of the Share Purchase
Agreement, Whitney and Golden Gate could, subject to approval by
our board of directors and 75% of our shareholders, require us
to pay a dividend to all of our shareholders related to certain
income that may be taxable to them resulting from their
ownership of our shares. We made dividend payments of
$6.3 million to our shareholders in the fourth quarter of
2004, related to certain income that may be taxable to them for
the years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31,
2004.
In December 2004, we entered into a termination agreement with
the parties to the Share Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the
termination agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement and all
obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Share
Purchase Agreement were terminated. As consideration for the
termination of the Share Purchase Agreement, we have entered
into a Tax Indemnification Agreement with Whitney and Golden
Gate (and/or their affiliates) pursuant to which we have agreed
to indemnify each of those parties for the Federal income tax
liability and any related losses they incur in respect of income
of Herbalife that is (or would be) includible in the gross
income of that party for any taxable period under
Section 951(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code). Under the terms of the Tax
Indemnification Agreement, we assume, for this purpose, that
each indemnified party is a United States
shareholder as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code.
We do not, however, have any obligation to provide an indemnity
with respect to any taxes or related losses incurred that have
been reimbursed under the Share Purchase Agreement. Our senior
credit facility permits us to pay these tax indemnity payments,
but restricts the aggregate amount that we can pay in any given
year to no more than $15 million. We currently anticipate
that no amounts will be required to be paid under this agreement
for 2005. As a result of the secondary offering in December 2005
in which Whitney and Golden Gate sold approximately
12.6 million shares, we are no longer a controlled foreign
corporation. Consequently, for 2006 and thereafter, no payments
under this agreement will be required.
In connection with the initial public offering we paid a special
cash dividend to stockholders of record prior to the offering in
the amount of $139.7 million.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors,
including our earnings, financial condition, restrictions
imposed by our credit agreement, cash requirements, future
prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of
directors. Our credit agreement permits payments of dividends as
long as no default exists and the amount does not exceed
$20.0 million per fiscal year provided that the amount of
dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
for the prior fiscal year if the Leverage Ratio (as defined in
our credit agreement) for the four fiscal quarters of such
fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
As of December 31, 2005, we had positive working capital of
$14.1 million. Cash and cash equivalents were
$88.2 million at December 31, 2005, compared to
$201.6 million at December 31, 2004.
63
We expect that cash and funds provided from operations and
available borrowings under our new revolving credit facility
will provide sufficient working capital to operate our business,
to make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable
liquidity requirements, including debt service on the
91/2% Notes and the new senior credit facility. There can
be no assurance, however, that our business will service our
debt, including our outstanding notes, or fund our other
liquidity needs.
The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made
in U.S. dollars, while sales to Herbalife distributors generally
are made in local currencies. Consequently, strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
impact on operating margins and can generate transaction losses
on intercompany transactions. For discussion of our foreign
exchange contracts and other hedging arrangements, see the
quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks
described below.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
All common shares and earnings per share data for the Company
gives effect to a 1:2 reverse stock split, which took effect
December 1, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share
data)
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
324,052
|
|
|
$
|
324,160
|
|
|
$
|
319,809
|
|
|
$
|
341,641
|
|
|
$
|
372,060
|
|
|
$
|
384,667
|
|
|
$
|
400,997
|
|
|
$
|
409,026
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
63,618
|
|
|
|
66,245
|
|
|
|
68,961
|
|
|
|
71,089
|
|
|
|
75,737
|
|
|
|
77,373
|
|
|
|
79,482
|
|
|
|
83,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
260,434
|
|
|
|
257,915
|
|
|
|
250,848
|
|
|
|
270,552
|
|
|
|
296,323
|
|
|
|
307,294
|
|
|
|
321,515
|
|
|
|
325,871
|
|
Royalty Overrides
|
|
|
115,856
|
|
|
|
114,532
|
|
|
|
111,978
|
|
|
|
122,526
|
|
|
|
135,168
|
|
|
|
137,089
|
|
|
|
138,618
|
|
|
|
144,790
|
|
Selling, general &
administrative expenses
|
|
|
107,840
|
|
|
|
105,199
|
|
|
|
102,772
|
|
|
|
120,329
|
|
|
|
110,029
|
|
|
|
117,817
|
|
|
|
121,584
|
|
|
|
126,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
36,738
|
|
|
|
38,184
|
|
|
|
36,098
|
|
|
|
27,697
|
|
|
|
51,126
|
|
|
|
52,388
|
|
|
|
61,313
|
|
|
|
54,244
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(27,373
|
)
|
|
|
(14,256
|
)
|
|
|
(13,604
|
)
|
|
|
(68,071
|
)
|
|
|
(22,202
|
)
|
|
|
(7,446
|
)
|
|
|
(7,950
|
)
|
|
|
(6,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
9,365
|
|
|
|
23,928
|
|
|
|
22,494
|
|
|
|
(40,374
|
)
|
|
|
28,924
|
|
|
|
44,942
|
|
|
|
53,363
|
|
|
|
47,918
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
9,849
|
|
|
|
11,840
|
|
|
|
11,004
|
|
|
|
(2,968
|
)
|
|
|
15,648
|
|
|
|
22,168
|
|
|
|
26,226
|
|
|
|
17,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net: income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(484
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,088
|
|
|
$
|
11,490
|
|
|
$
|
(37,406
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,276
|
|
|
$
|
22,774
|
|
|
$
|
27,137
|
|
|
$
|
29,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
52,035
|
|
|
|
52,063
|
|
|
|
52,265
|
|
|
|
55,256
|
|
|
|
68,643
|
|
|
|
68,678
|
|
|
|
69,077
|
|
|
|
69,487
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
52,035
|
|
|
|
55,066
|
|
|
|
55,660
|
|
|
|
55,256
|
|
|
|
71,714
|
|
|
|
71,860
|
|
|
|
73,455
|
|
|
|
73,444
|
|
Contingencies
We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that
64
Freedom Group pressured distributors to disseminate misleading
promotional materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife
International vicariously liable for the actions of its
independent distributors and is seeking damages and injunctive
relief. The Company believes that we have meritorious defenses
to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife
International, Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that
certain telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife
International distributors violate the Telephone Consumer
Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
International vicariously liable for the practices of its
distributors. More specifically, the plaintiffs complaint
alleges that several of Herbalife Internationals
distributors used pre-recorded telephone messages and
autodialers to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
Internationals distributors are independent contractors
and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
violated Herbalifes policies which require its
distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
defenses to the suit.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
liability insurance with an annual deductible of
$10 million.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
that additional taxes are owed, and we are vigorously contesting
the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and we cannot
be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the opinion
of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely
result in a material effect on our financial condition and
operating results. This opinion is based on our belief that any
losses we suffer would not be material and that we have
meritorious defenses. Although we have reserved an amount that
we believe represents the likely outcome of the resolution of
these disputes, if we are incorrect in our assessment we may
have to record additional expenses.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. We consider the following policies to be most
critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in
preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that
could impact our results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.
We are a network marketing company that sells a wide range of
weight management products, nutritional supplements and personal
care products within one industry segment as defined under
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information. Our products are
manufactured by third party providers and then sold to
independent distributors who sell Herbalife products to retail
consumers or other distributors.
We sell products in 60 countries throughout the world and we are
organized and managed by geographic region. In the first quarter
of 2003, we elected to aggregate our operating segments into one
reporting segment, as management believes that our operating
segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long
term operating performance. In making this determination,
management believes that the operating segments are similar in
the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition
process, the types of customers products are sold to, the
methods used to distribute the products, and the nature of the
regulatory environment.
65
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer. Amounts billed for
freight and handling costs are included in net sales. We
generally receive the net sales price in cash or through credit
card payments at the point of sale. Related royalty overrides
and allowances for product returns are recorded when the
merchandise is shipped.
Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our
buyback program, are provided at the time the product is
shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return rates for
each country, which vary from zero to approximately 5.0% of
retail sales, and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
12 months following the original sale. Historically,
product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product
returns and buybacks were approximately 1.9%, 1.1% and 1.0% of
retail sales for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005 respectively. No material changes in estimates have
been recognized for the year ended December 31, 2005 or for
the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
We record reserves against our inventory to provide for
estimated obsolete or unsalable inventory based on assumptions
about future demand for our products and market conditions. If
future demand and market conditions are less favorable than
managements assumptions, additional reserves could be
required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market
conditions could positively impact future operating results if
previously reserved for inventory is sold. We reserved for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $4.2 million,
$6.2 million and $8.0 million as of December 31,
2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets,
such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased
intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated
future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the
fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be
separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the
lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell,
and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a
disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented
separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of
the balance sheet.
Goodwill and other intangibles not subject to amortization are
tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment
more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the
asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the
extent that the carrying amount exceeds the assets fair
value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level
and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the
fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying
amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any
excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill and other intangibles over the implied fair value. The
implied fair value is determined by allocating the fair value of
the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this
allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit
goodwill and other intangibles. As of December 31, 2005, we
had goodwill of approximately $134.2 million, and marketing
franchise of $310.0 million. No write-downs were recognized
for the year ended December 31, 2004. Goodwill was reduced
in 2005 by approximately $33.3 million due primarily to a
reduction in the valuation allowance established at the time of
the Acquisition against pre-Acquisition tax benefits.
Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.
SFAS No. 5 requires that we record an estimated loss
from a loss contingency when information available prior to
issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is
probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been
incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount
of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for
contingencies such as legal and income tax matters requires us
to use judgment. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can
take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period
increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the
likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome
increases.
Deferred income tax assets have been established for net
operating loss carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries and
have been reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect them at
amounts estimated to be ultimately recognized. The net operating
loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts over a future
period of time.
66
Realization of the income tax carryforwards is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the
carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, we believe
it is more likely than not that the net carrying value of the
income tax carryforwards will be realized. The amount of the
income tax carryforwards that is considered realizable, however,
could change if estimates of future taxable income during the
carryforward period are adjusted.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) enacted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 123 revised 2004
(SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment
which replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 (SFAS 123), Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes Accounting
Principle Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.
SFAS No. 123R requires the measurement of all employee
share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee
stock options, using a
fair-value-based
method and the recording of such expense in our consolidated
statements of operations.
We are required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2006. The pro forma disclosures
previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will
be an alternative to financial statement recognition. See
Note 2 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the pro forma net income and net income per share amounts,
for fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004, as if we had used a
fair-value-based
method similar to the methods required under
SFAS No. 123R to measure compensation expense for
employee stock incentive awards. Although we have not yet
determined whether the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will
result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma
disclosures under SFAS No. 123, we are evaluating the
requirements under SFAS No. 123R. On a preliminary
basis we expect the adoption will have a cumulative pre-tax
impact of less than $15 million for the period from 2006 to
2010, related to share based awards issued prior to the year end
of 2005, on our consolidated statements of operations. The full
impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R cannot be accurately
estimated at this time, as it will depend on the market value
and the amount of share based awards granted in the future
periods.
In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 109-2
Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
Creations Act of 2004 (AJCA). The AJCA
introduces a limited time 85% dividends received deduction on
the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a
U.S. taxpayer (repatriation provision), provided certain
criteria are met.
SFAS No. 109-2
provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation
provision. The provision will not provide a material benefit to
the Company.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4, which requires that abnormal amounts of
idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted
material (spoilage) be recognized as current-period charges. In
addition, the statement requires that allocation of fixed
production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the
normal capacity of the production facilities.
SFAS No. 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt this statement
as required, and management does not believe the adoption will
have a material effect on the Companys results of
operations, financial condition or liquidity.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.
SFAS No. 154 requires restatement of prior
periods financial statements for changes in accounting
principle, unless it is impracticable to determine either the
period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change.
Also, SFAS No. 154 requires that retrospective
application of a change in accounting principle be limited to
the direct effects of the change. SFAS No. 154 is
effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made
in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.
Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS
No. 154 will have a material impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal
course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign
currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative
financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All
hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to
written guidelines and procedures.
67
We have adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS
No. 133). SFAS No. 133, as amended and
interpreted, established accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All
derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not,
are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the
changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying
hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the
derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the
fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive
income (OCI) and are recognized in the statement of
operations when the hedged item affects earnings. SFAS
No. 133 defined requirements for designation and
documentation of hedging relationships as well as ongoing
effectiveness assessments in order to use hedge accounting. For
a derivative that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair
value are recognized concurrently in earnings.
A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and
derivatives is presented below.
Foreign
Exchange Risk
We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary
course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency
fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions and
translation of local currency revenue. Most of these foreign
exchange contracts would qualify as cash flow hedges for
forecasted transactions.
We purchase average rate put options, which give us the right,
but not the obligation, to sell foreign currency at a specified
exchange rate (strike rate). The objective of these
options is to provide protection in the event that the foreign
currency weakens beyond the option strike rate. The fair value
of the option contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
The following table provides information about the details of
our option contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
MXP/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
10.53-10.79
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso.
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
10.64-10.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.74-10.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
10.78-10.90
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
yen/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
102.06-103.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
101.31-102.63
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
100.52-101.79
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
99.70-100.90
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
euro/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro
|
|
$
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.31-1.35
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.32-1.35
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.31-1.36
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.32-1.36
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to hedge advances
between subsidiaries. The objective of these contracts is to
neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the
subsidiarys operating results. The fair value of forward
contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
The following table provides information about the details of
our forward contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.72
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1,012.05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
117.39
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
Buy CNY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
45.34
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy CAD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy AUD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
39.15
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy PLN sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
3.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy Euro sell USD
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
Buy HUF sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
252.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
9.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
Buy YEN sell CHF
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
89.40
|
|
|
$
|
22.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
At December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
1.34
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
1.91
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
104.00
|
|
|
$
|
24.5
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
6.74
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
Buy Euro sell Rouble
|
|
|
12/23/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
37.74
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy MXP sell Euro
|
|
|
12/6/04
|
|
|
$
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
15.02
|
|
|
$
|
10.1
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/6/04
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
7.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
Buy AUD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/6/04
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
1.74
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/6/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
8.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/6/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
42.94
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
Buy CAD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/21/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/7/05
|
|
|
|
1.64
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/21/04
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1/7/05
|
|
|
|
1.88
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
All our foreign subsidiaries, excluding those operating in
hyper-inflationary environments, designate their local
currencies as their functional currency. At December 31,
2005, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash was
$62.7 million, of which $4.5 million was invested in
U.S. dollars.
69
Interest
Rate Risk
The table below presents principal cash flows and interest rates
by maturity dates and the fair values of our borrowings as of
December 31, 2005. Fair values for fixed rate borrowings
have been determined based on recent market trade values. The
fair values for variable rate borrowings approximate their
carrying value. Variable interest rates disclosed represent the
rates on the borrowings at December 31, 2005. Interest rate
risk related to our capital leases is not significant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Maturity Date
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Long-term Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113/4%
Notes (in millions)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
Fixed Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Term Loan (in millions)
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
86.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
89.8
|
|
|
$
|
89.8
|
|
Average Variable Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
91/2%
Notes (in millions)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
165.0
|
|
|
$
|
165.0
|
|
|
$
|
178.2
|
|
Fixed Interest Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Under the $200 million term loan, the Company is obligated
to enter into for a minimum of three years after
December 21, 2004 closing date an interest rate hedge for
up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loan. On
February 24, 2005 the company entered into a
$125 million notional interest rate swap to fulfill this
obligation. In October 2005, the swap notional was partially
reduced to $90 million, to match the then current term loan
carrying value. In December 2005, the swap notional was further
reduced to $20 million. At this time we realized a gain of
$0.45 million. Since the principal of the debt still
remained at $90 million, we are required, under Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 133, to defer the gain and amortize it into earnings
(using the effective interest method) over the remaining life of
the debt. The gain amount recognized in December was immaterial.
Also in December 2005, we entered into a $2.5 million
notional interest rate cap to meet our term loan 25% hedge
obligation.
|
|
Item 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
Our financial statements and notes thereto and the report of
KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, is set
forth in the Index to Financial Statements under
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act. Based on an evaluation of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end
of the period covered by this report conducted by the
Companys management, with the participation of the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2005.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules which will require us to include in
our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal
70
controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent
auditors must attest to and report on managements
assessment of the effectiveness of such internal controls over
financial reporting.
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. The Companys internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance
to the Companys management and board of directors
regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement preparation and presentation.
The Companys management carried out an evaluation, under
the supervision and with the participation of the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Based upon this evaluation, under the framework in
Internal Control Integrated Framework, our
management concluded that our internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.
The registered public accounting firm that audited the financial
statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has issued an attestation report on managements assessment
of the Companys internal control over financial reporting,
which is set forth below.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in our internal control over financial
reporting during the fourth quarter of 2005 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
71
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited managements assessment, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting, that Herbalife Ltd. (formerly WH
Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.) (the Company)
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Herbalife Ltd.s management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Herbalife Ltd.
and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly
stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2005, and our report dated February 28,
2006, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
financial statements.
Los Angeles, California
February 28, 2006
72
|
|
Item 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
For shareholder proposals to be included in the Companys
proxy statement and form of proxy for the 2006 annual meeting
pursuant to
Rule 14a-8(e)
of the Exchange Act, or to be presented at the meeting but not
included in the proxy statement and form of proxy, proper notice
must be received by the Companys Secretary no later than
March 3, 2006. For notice to be proper, it must set forth:
(i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to
make the proposal as it appears in the Companys records,
(ii) the class and number of Common Shares of the Company
that are owned by the shareholder submitting the proposal and
(iii) a clear and concise statement of the proposal and the
shareholders reasons for supporting it. Notices should be
addressed to Corporate Secretary, Herbalife Ltd., c/o Herbalife
International, Inc., 1800 Century Park East, Los Angeles,
CA 90067.
73
PART III.
|
|
Item 10.
|
DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except that the
information required with respect to the executive officers of
the registrant is set forth under
Item 1 Business, of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
|
|
Item 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, except that the
information required with respect to the Companys equity
compensation plans is set forth under
Item 5 Market for Registrants Common
Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and
is incorporated herein by reference..
|
|
Item 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
|
|
Item 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K,
or incorporated herein by reference:
1. Financial Statements. The following
financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
on the pages indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page No.
|
|
|
HERBALIFE LTD. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
2. Financial Statement
Schedules. Schedules are omitted because the
required information is inapplicable or the information is
presented in the consolidated financial statements or related
notes.
3. Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the
Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
or are incorporated by reference herein.
74
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated April 10, 2002, by and among Herbalife
International, Inc., WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and
WH Acquisition Corp.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Indenture, dated as of
June 27, 2002 between WH Acquisition Corp., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg CM SàRL and
The Bank of New York as Trustee governing
113/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2010
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Indenture, dated as of
March 8, 2004 between WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., WH
Capital Corporation and The Bank of New York as trustee
governing
91/2% Notes
due 2011
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Form of Share Certificate
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
.1
|
|
Shareholders Agreement dated
as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
(BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series E, and certain other persons
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
.2
|
|
Voting Agreement, dated as of
December 31, 2004 by and among Whitney V, L.P.,
Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., Whitney Private Debt
Fund, L.P. and Green River Offshore Fund, Ltd., on the one
hand, and CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC,
CCG Associates-AI, LLC,, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E and CCG CI, LLC on
the other hand
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
between Herbalife International Inc. and certain officers and
directors of Herbalife International Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Office lease agreement between
Herbalife International of America Inc. and State Teachers
Retirement System, dated July 11, 1995
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.3#
|
|
Herbalife International of
America, Inc.s Senior Executive Deferred Compensation
Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.4#
|
|
Herbalife International of
America, Inc.s Management Deferred Compensation Plan,
effective January 1, 1996, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Master Trust Agreement
between Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Imperial
Trust Company, Inc., effective January 1, 1996
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.6#
|
|
Herbalife International Inc. 401K
Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Trust Agreement for Herbalife
2001 Executive Retention Plan, effective March 15, 2001
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.8#
|
|
Herbalife 2001 Executive Retention
Plan, effective March 15, 2001
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.9#
|
|
Separation Agreement and General
Release, dated as of May 17, 2002, between Robert Sandler
and Herbalife International, Inc. and Herbalife International of
America, Inc. and Clarification
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Agreement for Retention of Legal
Services, dated as of May 20, 2002, by and among Herbalife
International, Inc., Herbalife International of America, Inc.
and Robert A. Sandler
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated as of
June 21, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition Corp., Herbalife
International, Inc., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH
Luxembourg Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate
Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg
LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of June 27, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition
Corp., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings
SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings SàRL, WH
Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Notice to Distributors regarding
Amendment to Agreements of Distributorship, dated as of
July 18, 2002 between Herbalife International, Inc. and
each Herbalife Distributor
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Indemnity Agreement dated as of
July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., WH Acquisition Corp., Whitney & Co., LLC,
Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
GGC Administration, L.L.C., Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.,
CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG Associates-QP,
LLC and WH Investments Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock
Option Plan of WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.16#
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated as of
March 10, 2003 between Brian Kane and Herbalife
International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.17#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
March 10, 2003 between Carol Hannah and Herbalife
International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.18#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Brian Kane
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.19#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.20#
|
|
WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
Stock Incentive Plan, as restated, dated as of November 5,
2003
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.21#
|
|
Side Letter Agreement dated as of
March 10, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Brian Kane and Carol Hannah and the Shareholders listed
therein
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.22#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
April 3, 2003 between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife
International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.23#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.24#
|
|
Side Letter Agreement dated as of
April 3, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and the Shareholders listed therein
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.25#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
July 14, 2003 between Matt Wisk and Herbalife International
of America, Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.26#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
July 31, 2003 between Gregory L. Probert and Herbalife
International of America, Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.27#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
October 6, 2003 between Brett R. Chapman and Herbalife
International of America, Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.28#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement (Non-Executive Agreement)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.29#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement (Executive Agreement)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of March 8, 2004, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd., WH Capital Corporation and UBS Securities, LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Gregory
Probert
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Brett R.
Chapman
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Stock Subscription Agreement of WH
Capital Corporation, dated as of February 9, 2004, between
WH Capital Corporation and WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and
Restated WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan,
dated November 5, 2003
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.35#
|
|
Separation Agreement and General
Release dated May 1, 2004, among Herbalife International,
Inc., Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.36#
|
|
Consulting Agreement dated
May 1, 2004 among Herbalife International of America, Inc.
and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.37#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated
June 1, 2004 among Herbalife International of America, Inc.
and Richard Goudis
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated
March 3, 2004, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., WH Capital Corporation and UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.39
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
(BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
LLC-Series E.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.40
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as
of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments
Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG
Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
LLC-Series E.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.41
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
between Herbalife Ltd. and the directors and certain officers of
Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.42#
|
|
Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan, effective December 1, 2004
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
International, Inc. and Whitney & Co., LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.44
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
International Inc. and GGC Administration, L.L.C.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.45
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E and CCG CI, LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.46
|
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated
as of December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
Herbalife International, Inc., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney
Strategic Partners V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P.,
CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series E, CCG CI, LLC and GGC Administration, LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.47#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Herbalife
Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.48#
|
|
Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.49#
|
|
Contract for Services of a
Consultant between Herbalife International Luxembourg
S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane dated as of October 18, 2004
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.50#
|
|
Compromise Agreement between
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane
dated as of October 18, 2004
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.51
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 21, 2004, by and among Herbalife International
Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the Subsidiary
Guarantors party hereto, and certain lenders and agents named
therein.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.52
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of
December 21, 2004, by and among Herbalife International,
Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary
Guarantors party thereto in favor of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.53
|
|
First Amendment to Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2005, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
agents named therein.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.54#
|
|
Employment Agreement Effective as
of January 1, 2005 between Herbalife Ltd. and Henry Burdick
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.55#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.56#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.57
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2005, by and among
Herbalife International, Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
agents named therein.
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.58
|
|
Service Agreement by and between
Herbalife Europe Limited and Wynne Roberts ESQ, dated as of
September 6, 2005.
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.59#
|
|
Amendment to employment agreement
between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International, Inc. and
Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated May 15,
2005.
|
|
|
(m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.60#
|
|
Independent Directors Deferred
Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.61#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock Unit
Award Agreement
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Disposition Agreement dated as of
December 13, 2004 is by and among Whitney V, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, Whitney Strategic Partners V,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Whitney Private Debt Fund,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Green River Offshore
Fund, Ltd., a Cayman Islands company on the one hand, and CCG
Investments (BVI), L.P., a British Virgin Islands limited
partnership, CCG Associates-QP, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, a Delaware
limited partnership, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, a Delaware
limited liability company, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, a Delaware
limited liability company and CCG CI, LLC a Delaware limited
liability company on the other hand.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
# |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
(a) |
|
Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(b) |
|
Previously filed on November 9, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 2 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File No.
333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(c) |
|
Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 4 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File No.
333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(d) |
|
Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 5 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File No.
333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(e) |
|
Previously filed on February 17, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-8
(File
No. 333-122871)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(f) |
|
Previously filed on March 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(g) |
|
Previously filed on May 9, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(h) |
|
Previously filed on May 13, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(i) |
|
Previously filed on June 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(k) |
|
Previously filed on August 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(l) |
|
Previously filed on September 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(m) |
|
Previously filed on August 3, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys current Report on Form 10Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference. |
78
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Herbalife Ltd. (formerly WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.) and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of Herbalife Ltd.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on
criteria established in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2006 expressed an
unqualified opinion on managements assessment of, and the
effective operation of, internal control over financial
reporting.
Los Angeles, California
February 28, 2006
79
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share
amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
Receivables, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $4,815 (2004) and $4,678 (2005)
|
|
|
29,546
|
|
|
|
37,266
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
71,092
|
|
|
|
109,785
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
45,914
|
|
|
|
40,667
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
21,784
|
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
369,913
|
|
|
|
299,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property at cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
6,743
|
|
|
|
5,895
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
58,726
|
|
|
|
78,324
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
10,384
|
|
|
|
11,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,853
|
|
|
|
95,765
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(20,463
|
)
|
|
|
(30,819
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property
|
|
|
55,390
|
|
|
|
64,946
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
12,052
|
|
|
|
13,149
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
7,957
|
|
|
|
7,510
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net of
accumulated amortization of $17,081 (2004) and $20,598
(2005)
|
|
|
6,860
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
Marketing related intangibles
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
Distributor network, net of
accumulated amortization of $45,272 (2004) and $56,200
(2005)
|
|
|
10,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product certifications, product
formulas and other intangible assets, net of accumulated
amortization of $14,692 (2004) and $17,792 (2005)
|
|
|
8,084
|
|
|
|
4,908
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
167,517
|
|
|
|
134,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
948,701
|
|
|
$
|
837,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
24,457
|
|
|
$
|
39,156
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
85,304
|
|
|
|
87,401
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
27,016
|
|
|
|
32,570
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
87,227
|
|
|
|
93,597
|
|
Current portion of long term debt
|
|
|
120,291
|
|
|
|
9,816
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
9,490
|
|
|
|
10,874
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
17,684
|
|
|
|
12,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
371,469
|
|
|
|
285,457
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current
portion
|
|
|
365,926
|
|
|
|
253,276
|
|
Deferred compensation liability
|
|
|
13,882
|
|
|
|
15,145
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
130,346
|
|
|
|
112,714
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
884,359
|
|
|
|
668,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preference shares, $0.002 par
value 7.5 million shares authorized and unissued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.002 par
value, 175.0 million shares authorized, 68.6 million
(2004) and 69.9 million (2005) shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Treasury shares, at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
Paid-in capital in excess of par
value
|
|
|
74,593
|
|
|
|
89,524
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
3,923
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated
deficit)
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
78,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
64,342
|
|
|
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
948,701
|
|
|
$
|
837,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
80
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
amounts)
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
$
|
995,120
|
|
|
$
|
1,125,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,350,275
|
|
Handling & freight income
|
|
|
164,313
|
|
|
|
184,618
|
|
|
|
216,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
1,159,433
|
|
|
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
|
1,566,750
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
235,785
|
|
|
|
269,913
|
|
|
|
315,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
923,648
|
|
|
|
1,039,750
|
|
|
|
1,251,004
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
415,351
|
|
|
|
464,892
|
|
|
|
555,665
|
|
Selling, general &
administrative expenses, including, $8.4 million (2003),
$9.3 million (2004) and $5.7 million (2005) of related
party expenses
|
|
|
401,261
|
|
|
|
436,139
|
|
|
|
476,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
107,036
|
|
|
|
138,719
|
|
|
|
219,071
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
41,468
|
|
|
|
123,305
|
|
|
|
43,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
65,568
|
|
|
|
15,414
|
|
|
|
175,147
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
28,721
|
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
82,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$
|
36,847
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
53,446
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Excess of
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
177,308
|
|
|
$
|
(139
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,005
|
|
|
$
|
191,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 2.0 million
Preferred Shares
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,847
|
|
|
|
36,847
|
|
|
$
|
36,847
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,517
|
|
|
|
4,517
|
|
Unrealized loss on marketable
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(464
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(464
|
)
|
|
|
(464
|
)
|
Reclassification adjustments for
loss on derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
$
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
183,407
|
|
|
$
|
3,427
|
|
|
$
|
50,852
|
|
|
$
|
237,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of 102.0 million
preferred shares including cumulative dividends of
$38.5 million and issuance of 52.0 million common
shares
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170,765
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,852
|
)
|
|
|
(221,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 0.9 million common
shares from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 15.7 million
common shares from the IPO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
Reclassification adjustments for
loss on derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
74,593
|
|
|
$
|
3,923
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
64,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.2 million common
shares from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
$
|
(210
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,524
|
|
|
$
|
605
|
|
|
$
|
78,829
|
|
|
$
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
82
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36,847
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
55,605
|
|
|
|
43,896
|
|
|
|
35,436
|
|
Amortization of discount and
deferred financing costs
|
|
|
7,039
|
|
|
|
6,856
|
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(12,160
|
)
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
(12,455
|
)
|
Unrealized foreign exchange
transaction loss (gain)
|
|
|
4,070
|
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(4,633
|
)
|
Write-off of deferred financing
costs & unamortized discounts
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
30,830
|
|
|
|
5,971
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,072
|
|
|
|
5,474
|
|
|
|
4,005
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
(8,155
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
(7,569
|
)
|
|
|
(40,247
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(4,188
|
)
|
|
|
(21,149
|
)
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(821
|
)
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
16,647
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
5,323
|
|
|
|
5,852
|
|
Accrued expenses and accrued
compensation
|
|
|
5,045
|
|
|
|
32,513
|
|
|
|
15,040
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
1,557
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
(1,186
|
)
|
|
|
26,704
|
|
Deferred compensation plan liability
|
|
|
(9,640
|
)
|
|
|
(8,560
|
)
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
94,350
|
|
|
|
80,110
|
|
|
|
143,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property
|
|
|
(13,601
|
)
|
|
|
(23,081
|
)
|
|
|
(31,536
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Net change in restricted cash
|
|
|
4,850
|
|
|
|
5,701
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Net changes in marketable securities
|
|
|
1,268
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
10,582
|
|
|
|
9,288
|
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(32,526
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(184,538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 9.5% Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
267,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of 15.5% Senior Notes
and 11.75% Notes
|
|
|
(5,681
|
)
|
|
|
(199,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from long-term debt
|
|
|
6,508
|
|
|
|
208,870
|
|
|
|
5,073
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(23,864
|
)
|
|
|
(127,230
|
)
|
|
|
(232,508
|
)
|
Conversion of preferred shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(183,115
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,091
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
4,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(586
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
(18,831
|
)
|
|
|
(23,160
|
)
|
|
|
(225,890
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON
CASH
|
|
|
7,807
|
|
|
|
2,034
|
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
86,478
|
|
|
|
50,898
|
|
|
|
(113,329
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
BEGINNING OF PERIOD
|
|
|
64,201
|
|
|
|
150,679
|
|
|
|
201,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF
PERIOD
|
|
$
|
150,679
|
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
35,866
|
|
|
$
|
88,108
|
|
|
$
|
38,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
32,836
|
|
|
$
|
20,491
|
|
|
$
|
65,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON CASH ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
$
|
6,834
|
|
|
$
|
7,198
|
|
|
$
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
83
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability
company (Herbalife), incorporated on April 4,
2002, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, WH
Intermediate Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (WH
Intermediate), WH Luxembourg Holdings S.à.R.L., a
Luxembourg unipersonal limited liability company (Lux
Holdings), WH Luxembourg CM S.à.R.L., a Luxembourg
unipersonal limited liability company, and WH Acquisition Corp.,
a Nevada corporation (WH Acquisition), were formed
on behalf of Whitney & Co., LLC (Whitney)
and Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (Golden Gate),
in order to acquire Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada
corporation, and its subsidiaries (Herbalife
International) on July 31, 2002 (the
Acquisition). Herbalife and its subsidiaries are
referred to collectively herein as the Company.
IPO
Recapitalization
On December 16, 2004, Herbalife completed an initial public
offering of its common shares (the IPO), as part of
a series of recapitalization transactions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a tender offer for $159.8 million of the outstanding
113/4% senior
subordinated notes due 2010 (the
113/4% Notes),
issued by Herbalife International;
|
|
|
|
the replacement of Herbalife Internationals existing
$205.0 million senior credit facility with a new
$225.0 million senior credit facility;
|
|
|
|
the payment of a $139.8 million special cash dividend to
the pre-IPO shareholders of Herbalife; and
|
|
|
|
the amendment of Herbalifes Memorandum and Articles of
Association to: (1) effect a 1:2 reverse stock split of
Herbalifes common shares; (2) increase
Herbalifes authorized common shares to 500 million
shares; and (3) increase Herbalifes authorized
preference shares to 7.5 million shares, all of which took
effect on December 1, 2004.
|
As a planned continuation of the IPO recapitalization, Herbalife
exercised a contract provision in December 2004 to redeem 40%,
or $110.0 million principal value (excluding a premium of
$10.5 million), of the
91/2% notes
due 2011, (the
91/2% Notes).
After the required notice period, this redemption was completed
on February 4, 2005. The redemption premium of
$10.5 million and the write-off of deferred financing fees
of $3.7 million associated with this redemption are
included in interest expense in the first quarter of 2005.
In connection with the IPO and the recapitalization, a secondary
Company incurred $24.7 million in fees and expenses of
which $19.8 million were associated with the IPO (included
in equity) and $4.9 million were associated with the
establishment of the new credit facility (included in deferred
financing costs).
Secondary
Offering
On December 19, 2005, Herbalife completed a secondary
public offering of 13 million common shares held by certain
existing shareholders. The selling shareholders received all net
proceeds from the sale of common shares sold in this offering.
Accordingly, Herbalife did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of common shares.
The Companys consolidated financial statements refer to
Herbalife and its subsidiaries. All common shares and earnings
per share data for the successor gives effect to a 1:2 reverse
stock split, which took effect December 1, 2004. The
Company also officially changed its name from WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. to Herbalife Ltd. effective
December 1, 2004.
84
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) enacted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 123 revised 2004, Share-Based
Payment (SFAS No. 123R) which
replaces Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
(SFAS No. 123) and supersedes Accounting
Principle Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
No. 25). SFAS No. 123R requires the
measurement of all employee share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options, using a
fair-value-based
method and the recording of such expense in our consolidated
statements of operations.
The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123R in the
first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The pro forma disclosures
previously permitted under SFAS No. 123 no longer will
be an alternative to financial statement recognition. See
Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for the pro forma net income (loss) and net income (loss) per
share amounts, for fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2005, presented as
if the Company had used a
fair-value-based
method similar to the methods required under
SFAS No. 123R to measure compensation expense for
employee stock incentive awards. Although the Company has not
yet determined whether the adoption of SFAS No. 123R
will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma
disclosures under SFAS No. 123, it is evaluating the
requirements under SFAS No. 123R. On a preliminary
basis the Company expects the adoption will have a cumulative
pre-tax impact of less than $15 million for the period from
2006 to 2010, related to share based awards issued prior to the
year end of 2005, on its consolidated statements of operations.
The full impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R cannot be
accurately estimated at this time, as it will depend on the
market value and the amount of share based awards granted in the
future periods.
In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 109-2
Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
Creations Act of 2004 (SFAS No. 109-2).
The American Jobs Creation Act (AJCA) introduces a
limited time 85% dividends received deduction on the
repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer
(repatriation provision), provided certain criteria are met.
SFAS No. 109-2
provides accounting and disclosure guidance for the repatriation
provision. The provision will not provide a material benefit to
the Company.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS No. 151) which
requires that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,
freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) be
recognized as current-period charges. In addition, the statement
requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the
costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the
production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company
will adopt this statement as required, and management does not
believe the adoption will have a material effect on the
Companys results of operations, financial condition or
liquidity.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (SFAS
No. 154). SFAS No. 154 requires restatement
of prior periods financial statements for changes in
accounting principle, unless it is impracticable to determine
either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of
the change. Also, SFAS No. 154 requires that
retrospective application of a change in accounting principle be
limited to the direct effects of the change.
SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and
corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2005. Management does not believe that the
adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material impact
on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications were made to the prior period
financial statements to conform to current period presentation.
85
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Significant
Accounting Policies
Consolidation
Policy
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company
transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
Foreign
Currency Translation
In substantially all of the countries that the Company operates,
the functional currency is the local currency. Foreign
subsidiaries asset and liability accounts are translated
for consolidated financial reporting purposes into
U.S. dollar amounts at year-end exchange rates. Revenue and
expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the
year. Foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Transaction gains and
losses, which include the cost of forward exchange and option
contracts and the related settlement gains and losses, are
included in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses
in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. The
Company recorded losses of $6.5 million and
$1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2004, respectively, and a gain of $0.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
Forward
Exchange Contracts and Option Contracts
The Company enters into forward exchange contracts and option
contracts in managing its foreign exchange risk on sales to
distributors, purchase commitments denominated in foreign
currencies, intercompany transactions and bank loans. The
Company also enters into interest rate caps and swaps in
managing its interest rate risk on its variable rate term loan.
The Company does not use the contracts for trading purposes.
In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company
designates certain of its derivative instruments as cash flow
hedges and formally documents its hedge relationships, including
identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items,
as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge transaction, at the time the derivative
contract is executed. The Company assesses the effectiveness of
the hedge both at inception and on an on-going basis and
determines whether the hedge is highly or perfectly effective in
offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company
records the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair
value in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and
subsequently reclassifies the related amount of accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings when the hedging
relationship is terminated. If it is determined that a
derivative has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the
Company will discontinue hedge accounting for such transaction.
For derivatives that are not designated as hedges
(free-standing derivatives), all changes in
estimated fair value are recognized in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money
market accounts and foreign and domestic bank accounts. To
reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing
of the financial institutions that hold the Companys cash
and cash equivalents.
Restricted
Cash
There was no restricted cash as of December 31, 2004 and
December 31, 2005.
86
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable consist principally of receivables from
credit card companies, arising from the sale of product to the
Companys distributors, and receivables from importers, who
are utilized in a limited number of countries to sell products
to distributors. Due to the geographic dispersion of its credit
card receivables, the collection risk is not considered to be
significant. Although receivables from importers can be
significant, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its importers and maintains an allowance for potential credit
losses. The Company believes that it provides adequate
allowances for receivables from its distributors.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial
instruments using the following methods and assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted
cash, receivables and accounts payable approximate fair value
due to the short-term maturities of these instruments;
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities are based on the quoted market prices for
these instruments;
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts are based on exchange rates at period
end;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of option and forward contracts are based on
dealer quotes;
|
|
|
|
The book values of the Companys variable rate debt
instruments are considered to approximate their fair values
because interest rates of those instruments approximate current
rates offered to the Company; and
|
|
|
|
The fair values for fixed rate borrowings have been determined
based on recent market trade values, and are disclosed in
Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
Inventories
Inventories are stated at lower of cost (on the
first-in,
first-out basis) or market. The Company had reserves for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $6.2 million
and $8.0 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively.
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent fees and expenses related to
the borrowing of the Companys long-term debt and are
amortized over the term of the related debt.
Long-Lived
Assets
Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment (including
computer hardware and software) is computed on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets,
which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related
asset or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment, based on
undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets
may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is
based on the estimated fair market value of the asset.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
evaluated on an annual basis for impairment, or more frequently
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
might be impaired. Intangible assets with finite lives are
amortized over their expected lives, which are three years for
the distributor network, five years for
87
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
product formulas and two years for product certifications. The
annual amortization expense for intangibles is was
$34.5 million (2003), $23.9 million (2004) and
$14.0 million (2005), and will be $3.1 million (2006)
and $1.8 million (2007) and zero for years thereafter.
As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, the goodwill balance was
$167.5 million and $134.2 million, respectively. The
$33.3 million decrease was due primarily to a reduction in
the valuation allowance established at the time of the
Acquisition against pre-Acquisition tax benefits.
Income
Taxes
Income tax expense includes income taxes payable for the current
year and the change in deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have
been recognized in the Companys financial statements or
income tax returns. A valuation allowance is recognized to
reduce the carrying value of deferred income tax assets if it is
believed to be more likely than not that a component of the
deferred income tax assets will not be realized.
Royalty
Overrides
An independent distributor may earn commissions, called royalty
overrides or production bonuses, based on retail volume. Such
commissions are based on the retail sales volume of certain
other members of the independent sales force who are sponsored
by the distributor. In addition, such commissions are recorded
when the products are shipped.
Non-U.S. royalty
checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
worldwide, whereas previously this period varied by country,
ranging from 12 months to 30 years. In order to
achieve consistency among all countries, in the third quarter of
2004, the Company adjusted the period over which such amounts
would be taken into income to three years on a Company-wide
basis. The impact of this change for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was a pretax benefit of approximately
$2.4 million.
Research
and Development
The Companys research and development is primarily
performed by outside consultants. For all periods presented,
research and development costs were expensed as incurred and
were not material.
Earnings
Per Share
Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period
common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by the
weighted average number of shares outstanding, inclusive of the
effect of dilutive securities.
The Companys preferred shares were converted into common
shares on March 8, 2004. From August 1, 2002, until
the date of conversion, the Company did not have any outstanding
common shares. Accordingly, no basic earnings per share
information has been presented for those periods. Diluted
earnings per share for these periods assumes the conversion of
the preferred shares to common shares and includes the dilutive
effect, if any, of outstanding stock options and warrants.
Periods after March 8, 2004, include basic earnings per
share information that reflects common shares outstanding
subsequent to the conversion. Diluted earnings per share for
such periods also reflects the dilutive effect, if any, of
outstanding stock options and warrants.
88
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following are the share amounts used to compute the basic
and diluted earnings per share for each period (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in
basic computations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
Dilutive effect of exercise of
options outstanding
|
|
|
1,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,390
|
|
Dilutive effect of Preferred shares
|
|
|
50,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of warrants
|
|
|
1,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in
diluted computations
|
|
|
53,446
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 5.9 million, 1.5 million and
1.4 million common shares at prices ranging from $2.50 to
$12.32, $12.00 to $25.00 and $23.00 to $29.45 were outstanding
during 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, but were not included
in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
option exercise prices were greater than the average market
price of the common shares or the potential issuance of options
would decrease loss per share. Therefore such options would be
anti-dilutive.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer. Sales are recognized
on a net sales basis, which reflects product returns, net of
discounts referred to as Distributor Allowances, and
amounts billed for freight and handling costs. Freight and
handling costs paid by the Company are included in cost of
sales. The Company generally receives the net sales price in
cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale.
Related royalty overrides and allowances for product returns are
recorded when the merchandise is shipped.
Allowances for product returns primarily in connection with our
buyback program are provided at the time the product is shipped.
This accrual is based upon historic return rates for each
country, which vary from zero to approximately 5.0% of net
sales, and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
12 months following the original sale.
Historically, product returns have not been significant, and the
allowances for product returns are consistent with the actual
returns.
Accounting
for Stock Options
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148
Accounting for Stock Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
(SFAS No. 148). SFAS No. 148 amends
SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of
transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method
of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In
addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent
disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements
about the method of accounting for stock-based employee
compensation and the effect of the method used on reported
results.
The Company applies the
intrinsic-value-based
method of accounting prescribed by APB No. 25 and related
interpretations including FASB Interpretation No. 44,
Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock
Compensation, an interpretation of APB No. 25, issued
March 2000, to account for its stock-based awards for employees.
For options granted to employees, compensation expense is
recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price
of the underlying common shares exceeds the exercise price.
SFAS No. 123 established accounting and disclosure
requirements using a
fair-value-based
method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation
plans. As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has
elected to continue to apply the
89
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
intrinsic-value-based
method of accounting described above, and has adopted only the
disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123.
The following tables illustrate the effect on net income (loss)
if the
fair-value-based
method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards
in each period (in millions, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$
|
36.8
|
|
|
$
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
93.1
|
|
Add: Stock-based employee
compensation expense included in reported net income
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Deduct: Stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value based methods
for all awards
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(6.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36.4
|
|
|
$
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
88.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
The fair value of the stock options granted during the periods
presented was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model and the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
Expected option life
|
|
|
5.0 years
|
|
|
|
5.0 years
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
16.51
|
%
|
|
|
32.75
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
90
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for
resale and can be categorized as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Weight management and inner
nutrition
|
|
$
|
53.9
|
|
|
$
|
86.6
|
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
Literature, promotional and others
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
71.1
|
|
|
$
|
109.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
113/4% Notes
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
Borrowing under senior credit
facility
|
|
|
200.0
|
|
|
|
89.8
|
|
91/2% Notes,
net of unamortized discounts $3.7 million (2005) and
$6.9 million (2004)
|
|
|
268.1
|
|
|
|
161.3
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Other debt
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
486.2
|
|
|
|
263.1
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
120.3
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
365.9
|
|
|
$
|
253.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense was $41.5 million, $123.3 million and
$43.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively.
In connection with the Acquisition, the Company consummated
certain related financing transactions, including the issuance
by WH Acquisition on June 27, 2002, of $165.0 million
of the
113/4%
Notes issued at 98.716% of par. Interest on the
113/4% Notes
is to be paid semi annually on
January 15th and
July 15th
of each year, the first payment of which was made on
January 15, 2003. In connection with this financing, the
Company incurred $25.1 million of debt issuance costs,
which are being amortized over the term of the debt using the
effective interest rate method. During the third quarter of
2003, the Company repurchased $5.0 million principal value
of the
113/4%
Notes. The fair value of the
113/4%
notes was $0.2 million and $0.1 million at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
Subsequently, in connection with the IPO, the Company made a
tender offer for all of the outstanding
113/4% Notes
and received tenders for 99.9% of the outstanding principal
amount. The purchase price amounted to $197.2 million,
including accrued interest of $8.1 million and a
$29.3 million purchase premium. In addition,
$20.6 million of interest was recorded related to the write
down of deferred financing costs and discount. The Company also
paid off the entire amount of borrowings under the senior credit
facility amounting to $66.9 million, including accrued
interest and fees. An additional $6.2 million of interest
was also recorded as a result of the write off of deferred
financing costs.
91
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In March 2004, Herbalife and its wholly-owned subsidiary WH
Capital Corporation completed a $275.0 million offering of
the
91/2% Notes.
The proceeds of the offering together with available cash were
used to pay the original issue price in cash due upon conversion
of 104.1 million outstanding preferred shares, including
2.0 million warrants exercised as described below, to pay
all accrued and unpaid dividends, to redeem Herbalifes
151/2% Senior
Notes due July 15, 2011 (the
151/2% Senior
Notes) and to pay related fees and expenses. The total
price of $52.1 million to redeem the
151/2% Senior
Notes consisted of $39.6 million aggregate principal amount
(excluding $1.7 million of unamortized discount), an
$11.4 million purchase premium and $1.1 million of
accrued interest from January 1, 2004, up to (but not
including) March 8, 2004. At any time after July 31,
2002, and on or before July 15, 2012, warrants issued with
the
151/2% Senior
Notes could be exercised to purchase an equivalent amount of
preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share.
The total number of warrants outstanding after July 31,
2002, and exercised on March 8, 2004, to purchase an
equivalent amount of preferred shares was 2,040,816. The
proceeds of the
91/2% Notes
were used in part to redeem and convert these preferred shares
into common shares. Interest on the
91/2% Notes
will be paid in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 1
and October 1 of each year, starting on October 1,
2004. The
91/2% Notes
are Herbalifes general unsecured obligations, ranking
equally with any of the existing and future senior indebtedness
and senior to all of Herbalifes future subordinated
indebtedness. Also, the
91/2% Notes
are effectively subordinated to all existing and future
indebtedness and other liabilities of Herbalifes
subsidiaries. In February 2005, the Company redeemed
$110.0 million principal value or 40% of the outstanding
principal amount of the
91/2%
Notes for a cash payment of $120.5 million, including a
purchase premium of $10.5 million. The fair value of the
91/2%
Notes was $305.3 million and $178.2 million at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Company entered
into a $225.0 million senior credit facility with a
syndicate of financial institutions, including affiliates of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Merril Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as joint lead
arrangers and joint book-managers. The senior credit facility
consists of a senior secured revolving credit facility with
total availability of up to $25.0 million and a senior
secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$200.0 million. The revolver is available until
December 21, 2009. The revolver bears interest at LIBOR
plus 2.0% and the term loan initially bears interest at LIBOR
plus
21/4%.
In April 2005, the senior credit facility was amended whereby
the interest rate was reduced from LIBOR plus
21/4%
to LIBOR plus
13/4%.
In addition, the amount payable in connection with a partial or
full refinancing of the loan within the first year of the
amendment shall equal 101% of the principal amount. In August
2005, the senior credit facility was amended again to permit the
purchase, repurchase or redemption of up to $50.0 million
aggregate principal amount of the
91/2% Notes.
The Company is obligated to pay $0.2 million every quarter
until September 30, 2010, and the remaining principal on
December 21, 2010, for the term loan. As of
December 31, 2005, no amounts had been borrowed under the
revolver.
Annual scheduled principal payments of long-term debt are:
$9.8 million (2006), $3.6 million (2007),
$1.1 million (2008), $0.9 million (2009),
$86.3 million (2010), and $165.0 million (thereafter).
The Company has warehouse, office, furniture, fixtures and
equipment leases, which expire at various dates through 2016.
Under the lease agreements, the Company is also obligated to pay
property taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs.
92
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Certain leases contain renewal options. Future minimum rental
commitments for non-cancelable operating leases and capital
leases at December 31, 2005, were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
16.2
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
2007
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
2009
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
77.9
|
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: amounts included above
representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum lease
payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004,
and 2005 were $21.0 million, $22.5 million and
$25.6 million, respectively.
Property under capital leases is included in property on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
$
|
13.9
|
|
|
$
|
13.9
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(5.1
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Employee
compensation plans
|
The Company maintains a profit sharing plan pursuant to
Sections 401(a) and (k) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the Code). The plan is available
to substantially all employees who meet length of service
requirements. Employees may elect to contribute between 2% to
17% of their compensation, and the Company will make matching
contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for each dollar
of deferred earnings not to exceed 3% of the participants
earnings. Participants are partially vested in the Company
contributions after one year and fully vested after five years.
The Company contributed $1.3 million for both years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2004, and $1.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2005.
The Company has non-qualified, deferred compensation plans for
select groups of management: the Management Plan and
the Senior Executive Plan. The deferred compensation
plans allow eligible employees to elect annually to defer up to
50% of their base annual salary and up to 100% of their annual
bonus for each calendar year (the Annual Deferral
Amount). The Company makes matching contributions on
behalf of each participant in the Senior Executive Plan. The
Senior Executive Plan provides that the amount of the matching
contributions is to be determined by the Company in its
discretion. For 2005, the matching contribution was 3% of a
participants base salary.
Each participant in either of the deferred compensation plans
discussed above has at all times a fully vested and
non-forfeitable interest in each years contribution,
including interest credited thereto, and in any Company matching
contributions, if applicable. In connection with a
participants election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount,
the participant may also elect to receive a short-term payout,
equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus
93
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
interest. Such amount is payable in two or more years from the
first day of the year in which the Annual Deferral Amount is
actually deferred.
In July 2002, the Company adopted an additional deferred
compensation plan, the (Supplemental Plan). The
Supplemental Plan allows employees to participate, who are
highly compensated and who are eligible to participate in the
Change in Control Plan. The administrative committee that
manages and administers the plans (the Deferred
Compensation Committee) allows eligible employees to defer
up to 100% of their Change in Control Payments.
Each participant in the Supplemental Plan will be deemed to have
invested in funds that provide a return equal to the short-term
AFR, within the meaning of the Code. The entire interest of each
participant in the Supplemental Plan is always fully vested and
non-forfeitable. In connection with a participants
election to defer the Change in Control Payment, as defined in
the Supplemental Plan, the participant may also elect to receive
a short-term payout, equal to the deferral amount plus earnings,
which is payable two or more years from the first day of the
year in which the deferral amount is actually deferred. Subject
to the short-term payout provision and specified exceptions for
unforeseeable financial emergencies, a participant may not
withdraw, without incurring a ten percent (10%) withdrawal
penalty, all or any portion of his or her account under the
Supplemental Plan prior to the date that such participant either
(1) is determined by the Deferred Compensation Committee to
have incurred permanent and total disability or (2) dies or
otherwise terminates employment with the Company.
The total deferred compensation expense of the three deferred
compensation plans net of participant contributions was
$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and
2004, and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2005. The total long-term deferred compensation liability under
the three deferred compensation plans was $13.9 million and
$15.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively.
The deferred compensation plans are unfunded and their benefits
are paid from the general assets of the Company, except that the
Company has contributed to a rabbi trust whose
assets will be used to pay the benefits if the Company remains
solvent, but can be reached by the Companys creditors if
the Company becomes insolvent. The value of the assets in the
rabbi trust was $11.9 million and
$13.1 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. The value of the assets in the irrevocable trust
was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2004.
The Company has an Executive Retention Plan. The purpose of the
Executive Retention Plan is to provide financial incentives for
a select group of management and highly compensated employees of
the Company to continue to provide services to the Company
during the period immediately before and immediately after
Change in Control, as defined in the Executive Retention Plan.
The Company also established an Executive Retention Trust to
provide benefits under the Executive Retention Plan. The
Executive Retention Trust was an irrevocable trust established
with an institutional trustee. In 2005, the Executive Retention
Plan trust was terminated. Consequently, there was no balance in
this trust as of December 31, 2005.
As a result of certain actions by Herbalife Internationals
Board, the Acquisition was not deemed to be a Change in Control
under the Executive Retention Plan. Thus, the consummation of
the Acquisition did not result in the payment of any benefit
pursuant to the Executive Retention Plan.
|
|
7.
|
Transactions
with related parties
|
The Company entered into agreements with Whitney and Golden Gate
to pay monitoring fees for their services and other fees and
expenses. Under the monitoring fee agreements, the Company was
obligated to pay an annual amount of up to $5.0 million,
but not less than $2.5 million, for an initial period of
ten years, subject to the provisions in Herbalife
Internationals credit agreement. On December 1, 2004,
the Company agreed with Whitney and Golden Gate to terminate the
monitoring fee agreements in consideration for 0.7 million
warrants, which were valued at approximately $2.9 million
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The entire impact
of the termination of the monitoring fee agreements was included
in Selling, General & Administrative expenses in 2004.
94
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company
expensed monitoring fees in the amount of $5.0 million and
$7.5 million, and other expenses of $3.4 million and
$1.8 million, respectively.
In December 2004, the Company entered into a termination
agreement with the parties to the Share Purchase Agreement
executed in connection with the Acquisition. Pursuant to the
termination agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement and all
obligations and liabilities of the parties under the Share
Purchase Agreement were terminated. As consideration for the
termination of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company entered
into a Tax Indemnification Agreement with Whitney and Golden
Gate, and/or their affiliates, pursuant to which the Company has
agreed to indemnify each of those parties for the Federal income
tax liability and any related losses they incur in respect of
income of Herbalife that is, or would be, includible in the
gross income of that party for any taxable period under
Section 951(a) of the Code. Under the terms of the Tax
Indemnification Agreement, the Company assumes, for this
purpose, that each indemnified party is a United States
shareholder as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code.
The Company does not, however, have any obligation to provide an
indemnity with respect to any taxes or related losses incurred
that have been reimbursed under the Share Purchase Agreement.
The Companys senior credit facility permits the Company to
pay these tax indemnity payments, but restricts the aggregate
amount that the Company can pay in any given year to no more
than $15 million. The Company currently anticipates that no
amounts will be required to be paid under this agreement for
2005. As a result of the secondary offering in December 2005 in
which Whitney and Golden Gate sold approximately
12.6 million shares, we are no longer a controlled foreign
corporation. Consequently, for 2006 and thereafter, no payments
under this agreement will be required.
In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
interest in Shuster Laboratories, Inc. (Shuster), a
provider of product testing and formula development for
Herbalife. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
total purchases from Shuster were $56,000 and $32,000,
respectively.
In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
interest in TBA Entertainment (TBA), a provider of
creative services to Herbalife. While there were no services
provided by TBA in 2004, for the year ended December 31,
2005 a payment of $5.7 million was made to TBA for services
relating to the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza, the majority of
which were reimbursements of Extravaganza expenses paid to third
parties.
In 2004, Golden Gate acquired a 47 percent ownership
interest in Leiner Health Products Inc. (Leiner), a
nutritional manufacturer and supplier of certain Herbalife
products. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
total purchases from Leiner were $0.5 million and
$0.1 million, respectively.
In January 2005, Whitney, together with its affiliates, acquired
a 77 percent ownership interest in Stauber Performance
Ingredients (Stauber), a value-added distributor of
bulk specialty nutraceutical ingredients. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, total purchases from Stauber were
$1.8 million.
The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
estimate can be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005 (Minton v.
Herbalife International, et al). The case has been
transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior Court. The
plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of certain
Herbalife International independent distributors and Herbalife
International under various state laws prohibiting endless
chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in assisted
marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business practices, and
fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the Freedom Group
system operated by certain
95
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
independent distributors of Herbalife International products
places too much emphasis on recruiting and encourages
excessively large purchases of product and promotional materials
by distributors. The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group
pressured distributors to disseminate misleading promotional
materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International
vicariously liable for the actions of its independent
distributors and is seeking damages and injunctive relief. The
Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a purported class action lawsuit
filed July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in
the State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife International,
Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that certain
telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
distributors vicariously violate the Telephone Consumer
Protection Act, or TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife
International liable for the practices of its distributors. More
specifically, the plaintiffs complaint alleges that
several of Herbalife Internationals distributors used
pre-recorded telephone messages and autodialers to contact
prospective customers in violation of the TCPAs
prohibition of such practices. Herbalife Internationals
distributors are independent contractors and if any such
distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also violated
Herbalifes policies, which require its distributors to
comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws. The
Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the suit.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, the Company has been and is currently, subjected to
various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not
material. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses
to the allegations contained in the lawsuits. The Company
currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual
deductible of $10 million.
Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
likely result in a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and operating results. This opinion is based on the
belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts reserved
would not be material, and that the Company has meritorious
defenses. Although the Company has reserved an amount that the
Company believes represents the most likely outcome of the
resolution of these disputes, if the Company is incorrect in the
assessment the Company may have to record additional expenses.
The total undeclared and unpaid cumulative dividends on
preferred shares was $32.8 million on December 31,
2003. On March 8, 2004, the preferred shares were redeemed
for the original issue price of $183.1 million in addition
to dividends of $38.5 million and converted into common
shares on a
one-to-one
basis.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of the Companys board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including its earnings, financial condition,
restrictions imposed by its credit agreement, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board
of directors. The credit agreement permits payments of dividends
as long as no default exists and the amount does not exceed
$20.0 million per fiscal year provided that the amount of
dividends may be increased by 25% of the consolidated net income
for the prior fiscal year if the Leverage Ratio (as defined in
its credit agreement) for the four fiscal quarters of such
fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00.
96
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In December 2004, the Company authorized 7.5 million
preference shares at $0.002 par value and all of the
authorized preference shares were unissued. Preference shares
may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of
such series to have such voting powers (full or limited or
without voting powers), designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
In December 2004, the Company completed an IPO and offered its
common shares as part of a series of recapitalization
transactions in connection with the IPO. See discussion under
Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for details on the recapitalization.
The Company had 69.9 million and 68.6 million common
shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively, and did not have any common shares outstanding at
December 31, 2003. The Company has five stock based
compensation plans which are the WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan (the Management Plan), the
WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Independent Directors Stock
Incentive Plan (the Independent Directors Plan), the
Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Incentive Plan (the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan), the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the
2005 Stock Incentive Plan) and the Herbalife Ltd.
Executive Incentive Plan (the Executive Incentive
Plan). The Management Plan provides for the grant of
options to purchase common shares of Herbalife to members of the
Companys management. The Independent Directors Plan
provides for the grant of options to purchase common shares of
Herbalife to the Companys independent directors. The 2004
Stock Incentive Plan is intended to replace the Management Plan
and the Independent Directors Plan. No additional awards will be
made under either the Management Plan or the Independent
Directors Plan. However, the shares remaining available for
issuance under these plans will be absorbed by and become
available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. The
2005 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of
4.0 million common shares pursuant to awards, plus any
shares that remain available for issuance under the 2004 Stock
incentive Plan. The terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan are
substantially similar to the terms of the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The purpose of the Executive Incentive Plan is to govern
the award and payment of annual bonuses to certain Company
executives.
Taken together, 6.0 million common shares were available
for grant under the five stock based compensation plans. As of
December 31, 2005, the Company had granted options net of
cancellations to acquire approximately 12.3 million common
shares under the five stock based compensation plans, which
equals 17.7% of its December 31, 2005 share capital.
97
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Options outstanding at December 31, 2005, December 31,
2004 and December 31, 2003 and related option information
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Herbalife Common
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
2005
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
$
|
9.22
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
18.77
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.30
|
|
Available for grant at
December 31
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reserved shares
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
$
|
9.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option prices per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
$
|
14.85-$29.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
$
|
0.88-$25.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year
|
|
|
$7.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Herbalife Common
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
2004
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
6.34
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
14.24
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.97
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
$
|
9.22
|
|
Available for grant at
December 31
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reserved shares
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option prices per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
$
|
8.02-$25.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
$
|
0.88-$9.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year
|
|
|
$3.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Herbalife Common
Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
2003
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.36
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
$
|
8.16
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
6.34
|
|
Available for grant at
December 31
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reserved shares
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option prices per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
$
|
0.88-$24.64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the year
|
|
|
$0.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information regarding option
groups outstanding at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
Range of Exercise
Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 0.88-$ 3.52
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
$
|
2.57
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.47
|
|
$ 5.00-$14.00
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
7.98
|
|
|
$
|
9.35
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
8.69
|
|
$14.85-$15.50
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
9.11
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
14.99
|
|
$15.78-$24.64
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
7.88
|
|
|
$
|
20.39
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
$
|
20.68
|
|
$25.00-$29.45
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
9.60
|
|
|
$
|
28.16
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
26.82
|
|
On December 1, 2004, the Company agreed with Whitney and
GGC Administration, LLC to terminate the monitoring fees
agreements in consideration for 0.7 million warrants. Each
warrant gives the holder the ability to purchase one common
share at a price of $15.50 per share. All of the
0.7 million warrants were outstanding at December 31,
2005. The fair value of the warrants granted was $4.11 per
share, or approximately $2.9 million (included in fourth
quarter 2004 selling, general and administrative expenses) which
was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
assumptions used for the valuation include: 30% price
volatility; 3.72% risk free rate of return; 0% dividend yield
and 5-year
expected exercise term.
The Company is a network marketing company that sells a wide
range of weight management products, nutritional supplements and
personal care products within one industry segment as defined
under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information. The Companys
products are manufactured by third party providers and then sold
to independent distributors who sell Herbalife products to
retail consumers or other distributors.
The Company sells products in 60 countries throughout the world
and is organized and managed by geographic region. In the first
quarter of 2003, the Company elected to aggregate its operating
segments into one reporting segment, as management believes that
the Companys operating segments have similar operating
characteristics
99
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
and similar long term operating performance. In making this
determination, management believes that the operating segments
are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product
acquisition process, the types of customers products are sold
to, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature
of the regulatory environment.
Revenues reflect sales of products to distributors based on the
distributors geographic location. Sales attributed to the
United States is the same as reported in the geographic
operating information.
The Companys geographic operating information and sales by
product line are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
Net Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
274.9
|
|
|
$
|
252.9
|
|
|
$
|
284.7
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
119.3
|
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
73.6
|
|
|
|
102.4
|
|
|
|
218.9
|
|
Others
|
|
|
691.6
|
|
|
|
855.7
|
|
|
|
968.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Margin(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
121.6
|
|
|
$
|
101.9
|
|
|
$
|
120.2
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
55.8
|
|
|
|
51.9
|
|
|
|
48.0
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
30.8
|
|
|
|
41.7
|
|
|
|
96.8
|
|
Others
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
379.4
|
|
|
|
430.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Margin
|
|
$
|
508.3
|
|
|
$
|
574.9
|
|
|
$
|
695.3
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
$
|
401.3
|
|
|
$
|
436.2
|
|
|
$
|
476.3
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
41.5
|
|
|
|
123.3
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
65.5
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
175.1
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
28.7
|
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
82.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
36.8
|
|
|
$
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
93.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales by product line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight management
|
|
$
|
500.1
|
|
|
$
|
561.1
|
|
|
$
|
680.7
|
|
Inner nutrition
|
|
|
505.1
|
|
|
|
562.0
|
|
|
|
646.8
|
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
105.7
|
|
|
|
123.1
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
Literature, promotional and
other(2)
|
|
|
48.5
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
75.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Americas
|
|
$
|
424.4
|
|
|
$
|
468.2
|
|
|
$
|
681.7
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
448.2
|
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
Asia/Pacific Rim (excluding Japan)
|
|
|
167.5
|
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
|
|
245.1
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
119.3
|
|
|
|
98.8
|
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,159.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and
royalty overrides. |
|
(2) |
|
Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are
included in the literature, promotional and other category. |
100
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
17.3
|
|
|
$
|
25.5
|
|
|
$
|
20.5
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Others
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital Expenditures
|
|
$
|
20.4
|
|
|
$
|
30.3
|
|
|
$
|
32.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Total Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
587.8
|
|
|
$
|
520.1
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
60.3
|
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
Others
|
|
|
273.1
|
|
|
|
214.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
948.7
|
|
|
$
|
837.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
46.0
|
|
|
$
|
36.8
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
18.2
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Others
|
|
|
88.6
|
|
|
|
71.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Goodwill
|
|
$
|
167.5
|
|
|
$
|
134.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005, the net property located in the
U.S. and in all foreign countries was $47.0 million and
$17.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the
net property located in the U.S. and in all foreign countries
was $43.2 million and $12.2 million, respectively.
|
|
11.
|
Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
|
The Company designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedges.
The Company engages in a foreign exchange hedging strategy for
which the hedged transactions are forecasted foreign currency
denominated intercompany transactions. The hedged risk is the
variability of the forecasted foreign currency cash flows where
the hedging strategy involves the purchase of average rate
options. The Company also engages in an interest rate hedging
strategy for which the hedged transactions are forecasted
interest payments on the Companys variable rate term loan.
The hedged risk is the variability of forecasted interest rate
cash flows, where the hedging strategy involves the purchase of
interest rate swaps. As of December 31, 2005, the Company
did not have any outstanding cash flow hedges on foreign
exchange exposure. For the outstanding cash flow hedges on
interest rate exposures at December 31, 2004 and
December 31, 2005, the maximum length of time over which
the Company is hedging these exposures is approximately three
years. The interest rate swap outstanding as of
December 31, 2005 was accounted for under the shortcut
method, as defined by SFAS No. 133, which assumes the
hedge to be perfectively effective. Consequently, all changes in
the fair value of the derivative are deferred and recorded in
other
101
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
comprehensive income (OCI) until the related
forecasted transaction is recognized in the consolidated
statements of income. The estimated net amount of existing gains
expected to be reclassified into earnings over the next
12 months is $0.1 million. At December 31, 2005,
the pre-tax OCI balance related to the cash flow hedge was
$0.2 million ($0.1 million after-tax).
The Company designates certain derivatives as free standing
derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The
changes in the fair market value of the derivatives are recorded
in the Companys statements of income. The Company
purchases average rate put options, which give the Company the
right, but not the obligation, to sell foreign currency at a
specified exchange rate (strike rate). These
contracts provide protection in the event the foreign currency
weakens beyond the strike rate. The Company also uses foreign
currency forward contracts, which give the Company the
obligation to buy or sell foreign currency at a specified time
and rate. The contracts are used to protect against changes in
the functional currency equivalent value of inter-company or
third party nonfunctional currency payables and receivables. In
December of 2005, the Company entered into a short term interest
rate cap agreement, which is not designated under hedge
accounting. The cap provides protection in the event the
three month LIBOR rate were to increase beyond 4.75%, and
is in place, along with the interest rate swap, to fulfill the
Companys obligation to hedge at least 25% of the term debt
notional amount. The fair values of the option, forward
contracts and interest rate cap are based on third-party bank
quotes.
The following table provides information about the details of
the Companys option contracts. Certain option contracts
were designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges.
Certain option contracts were freestanding derivatives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
MXP/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
10.53-10.79
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
10.64-10.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.74-10.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
10.78-10.90
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
yen/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
102.06-103.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
101.31-102.63
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
100.52-101.79
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2005
|
|
Japanese yen
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
99.70-100.90
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
euro/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro
|
|
$
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.31-1.35
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.32-1.35
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.31-1.36
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2005
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1.32-1.36
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts are also used to hedge
advances between subsidiaries. The objective of these contracts
is to neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the
subsidiarys operating results. The fair value of forward
contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
103
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tables below describe the forward contracts that were
outstanding as of the dates indicated. All forward contracts
were freestanding derivatives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.72
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1,012.05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
117.39
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
Buy CNY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
45.34
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy CAD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy AUD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
39.15
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy PLN sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
3.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy Euro sell USD
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
Buy HUF sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
252.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
9.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
Buy YEN sell CHF
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
89.40
|
|
|
$
|
22.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
104
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
1.34
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
1.91
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
104.00
|
|
|
$
|
24.5
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/22/04
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
6.74
|
|
|
$
|
3.0
|
|
Buy Euro sell Rouble
|
|
|
12/23/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/24/05
|
|
|
|
37.74
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy MXP sell EURO
|
|
|
12/06/04
|
|
|
$
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
15.02
|
|
|
$
|
10.1
|
|
Buy DKK sell EURO
|
|
|
12/06/04
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
7.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
Buy AUD sell EURO
|
|
|
12/06/04
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
1.74
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell EURO
|
|
|
12/06/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
8.15
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
Buy TWD sell EURO
|
|
|
12/06/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1/5/05
|
|
|
|
42.94
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
Buy CAD sell EURO
|
|
|
12/21/04
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/7/05
|
|
|
|
1.64
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell EURO
|
|
|
12/21/04
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1/7/05
|
|
|
|
1.88
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
All foreign subsidiaries excluding those operating in
hyper-inflationary environments designate their local currencies
as their functional currency. At year end, the total amount of
cash held by foreign subsidiaries primarily in Japan, Brazil,
Mexico and Korea was $62.7 million, of which
$4.5 million was maintained or invested in
U.S. dollars.
The interest rate caps and swaps are used to hedge the interest
rate exposure on the variable interest rate term loan. The table
below describes the interest rate caps and swaps that were
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Cap/Swap
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Cap
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1/31/2006
|
|
Interest Rate Swap
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
4.23
|
%
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
1/28/2008
|
|
The components of income before income taxes are (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
166.0
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
50.7
|
|
|
|
24.9
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
65.6
|
|
|
$
|
15.4
|
|
|
$
|
175.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Income taxes are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
$
|
24.7
|
|
|
$
|
22.0
|
|
|
$
|
34.1
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
State
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
|
State
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28.7
|
|
|
$
|
29.7
|
|
|
$
|
82.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax effects of temporary differences which gave rise to
deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Deferred income tax
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals not currently deductible
|
|
$
|
23.3
|
|
|
$
|
19.8
|
|
Foreign tax credits and tax loss
carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries
|
|
|
54.2
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Depreciation/amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
Deferred compensation plan
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Deferred interest expense
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Accrued state income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
90.2
|
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(54.2
|
)
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
$
|
36.0
|
|
|
$
|
46.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
130.5
|
|
|
$
|
123.8
|
|
Inventory deductibles
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Unrealized foreign exchange
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
144.5
|
|
|
$
|
135.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
$
|
(108.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(89.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2005, the Companys deferred income
tax asset for foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of
certain foreign subsidiaries of $9.4 million was reduced by
a valuation allowance of $6.7 million. If tax benefits are
recognized in the future through reduction of the valuation
allowance, $0.1 million of such benefits will be allocated
to reduce goodwill.
106
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
During 2005, the Company recorded a decrease in the valuation
allowance of $47.5 million. Of this decrease,
$33.1 million was allocated to reduce goodwill as the
valuation allowance related to preacquisition carryover
attributes. The decrease was primarily due to increased actual
and forecast foreign source income from operations.
During 2005, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability of
$3.0 million in connection with foreign currency
translation. The total deferred tax liability at
December 31, 2005, relating to accumulated comprehensive
income was $3.1 million.
The net foreign operating loss carry-forwards of
$26.5 million expire in varying amounts between 2006 and
indefinitely. The foreign tax credit carry-forwards expire in
varying amounts between 2010 and 2013. Realization of the income
tax carry-forwards is dependent on generating sufficient taxable
income prior to expiration of the carry-forwards. Although
realization is not assured, management believes it is more
likely than not that the net carrying value of the income tax
carry-forwards will be realized. The amount of the income tax
carry-forwards that is considered realizable, however, could be
reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the
carry-forward period are reduced.
Deferred income taxes of $1.1 million have been provided on
the undistributed earnings of
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are not expected to be permanently reinvested in such
subsidiaries.
The applicable statutory rate in the Cayman Islands was zero for
Herbalife Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004
and 2003. For purposes of the reconciliation between provision
for income taxes at the statutory and the effective tax rate, a
national U.S. 35% rate is applied as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Tax expense at United States
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
22.9
|
|
|
$
|
5.4
|
|
|
$
|
61.3
|
|
Increase (decrease) in tax
resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences between U.S. and
foreign tax rates on foreign income, including withholding taxes
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
U.S. tax on foreign income
and foreign tax credits
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation
allowances
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
(14.5
|
)
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Intercompany sale of branch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Extraterritorial income exclusion
|
|
|
(10.6
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
Non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
28.7
|
|
|
$
|
29.7
|
|
|
$
|
82.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
Restructuring
Reserve
|
As of the date of the Acquisition, the Company began to assess
and formulate a plan to reduce costs of the business and
recorded a severance and restructuring accrual as part of the
cost of the Acquisition. The accrued severance is for employees
including executives, corporate functions and administrative
support that were identified at the time of the Acquisition.
Actions required by the plan of termination began immediately
after consummation of the transaction. The balance of the
restructuring reserve at December 31, 2005, was zero.
107
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(FORMERLY WH HOLDINGS (CAYMAN ISLANDS) LTD.)
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes the activity in the
Companys restructuring accrual subsequent to July 31,
2002 during each of the years in the three years ended
December 31, 2005 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2003 to
|
|
|
2004 to
|
|
|
2005 to
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
8.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Reduction of accrual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Payments made
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
Quarterly
Information (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share
data)
|
|
|
First Quarter Ended
March 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
324.1
|
|
|
$
|
372.1
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
260.4
|
|
|
|
296.3
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
Second Quarter Ended
June 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
324.2
|
|
|
$
|
384.7
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
257.9
|
|
|
|
307.3
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Third Quarter Ended
September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
319.8
|
|
|
$
|
401.0
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
250.8
|
|
|
|
321.5
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
Fourth Quarter Ended
December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
341.6
|
|
|
$
|
409.0
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
270.7
|
|
|
|
325.9
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(37.4
|
)
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
108
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereto duly authorized.
HERBALIFE Ltd.
Richard Goudis
Chief Financial Officer
Dated: February 28, 2006
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ MICHAEL O.
JOHNSON
Michael
O. Johnson
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD GOUDIS
Richard
Goudis
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID PEZZULLO
David
Pezzullo
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PETER CASTLEMAN
Peter
Castleman
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Board
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ KEN DIEKROEGER
Ken
Diekroeger
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JAMES FORDYCE
James
Fordyce
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JESSE ROGERS
Jesse
Rogers
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CHARLES ORR
Charles
Orr
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PETER MASLEN
Peter
Maslen
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
BERMINGHAM
Richard
Bermingham
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEROY BARNES
Leroy
Barnes
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEON WAISBEIN
Leon
Waisbein
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOHN TARTOL
John
Tartol
|
|
Director
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
110